0% found this document useful (0 votes)

777 views268 pages

GD05 Erosion and Sediment Control

This document provides a summary of the Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region from June 2016. It focuses on providing guidance for selecting, designing, and implementing erosion and sediment control practices for earthworks in Auckland. The guide represents an update to previous guidance, with a more practical focus on implementation and the inclusion of recent best practices. Key stakeholders from industry and council were consulted in developing this new guide.

Uploaded by

sophe87

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

777 views268 pages

GD05 Erosion and Sediment Control

Uploaded by

sophe87

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 268

Erosion and Sediment

Control Guide for Land

Disturbing Activities in
the Auckland Region
June 2016
Guideline Document 2016/005
Erosion and Sediment Control Guide
for Land Disturbing Activities in the
Auckland Region

June 2016

Auckland Council

Guideline Document 2016/005

ISSN 2230-4541 (Print)

ISSN 2230-455X (Online)

ISBN 978-0-9941350-4-9 (Print)

ISBN 978-0-9941350-5-6 (PDF)

Reviewed for Auckland Council by

Name: Branko Veljanovski

Position: Engineering Design Services Manager

Approved for Auckland Council publication by

Name: Sarah Sinclair

Position: Chief Engineer

Recommended citation:

Leersnyder, H., Bunting, K., Parsonson, M., and Stewart, C. (2016). Erosion and sediment control
guide for land disturbing activities in the Auckland region. Auckland Council Guideline Document
GD2016/005. Prepared by Beca Ltd and SouthernSkies Environmental for Auckland Council.

© 2016 Auckland Council

This publication is provided strictly subject to Auckland Council’s copyright and other intellectual property rights (if any) in the publication.
Users of the publication may only access, reproduce and use the publication, in a secure digital medium or hard copy, for responsible genuine
non-commercial purposes relating to personal, public service or educational purposes, provided that the publication is only ever accurately
reproduced and proper attribution of its source, publication date and authorship is attached to any use or reproduction. This publication
must not be used in any way for any commercial purpose without the prior written consent of Auckland Council. Auckland Council does
not give any warranty whatsoever, including without limitation, as to the availability, accuracy, completeness, currency or reliability of the
information or data (including third party data) made available via the publication and expressly disclaim (to the maximum extent permitted
in law) all liability for any damage or loss resulting from your use of, or reliance on the publication or the information and data provided via
the publication. The publication, information, and data contained within it are provided on an “as is” basis.
Acknowledgements
This document was prepared with technical input from industry experts, including, but not limited to, the
following individuals:

Authors
Hugh Leersnyder - Beca Michael Parsonson - SouthernSkies Environmental
Kathleen Bunting - Beca Campbell Stewart - SouthernSkies Environmental

Contributors
Project management: Kate Dawkings - GHD
Additional authors: Gregor McLean - SouthernSkies Environmental
Hannah Giess - Beca, Ross Winter - Beca
Graphic Design: Neelam Singh - Beca

Peer reviewer

Mike McConnell - McConnell Consultancy

Auckland Council editorial panel

Sarah Sinclair - Chief Engineer, Engineering and Technical Services
Branko Veljanovski - Engineering Design Services Manager, Engineering and Technical Services
Bridget Wild - Senior Earthworks/Streamworks Specialist, Compliance
Alex Colibaba - Senior Stormwater Specialist, Infrastructure and Environmental Services
Nick Vigar - Principal - Green Infrastructure and Planning, Infrastructure and Environmental Services
Simon Aiken - Senior Stormwater Specialist, Infrastructure and Environmental Services
Gretel Silyn Roberts - Principal - Technical Guidance, Infrastructure and Environmental Service
Janet MacKinnon - Technical Capability Coordinator, Infrastructure and Environmental Service
We gratefully acknowledge the technical input provided by industry experts, including, but not limited to
the following individuals: Carol Bannock (NZ Transport Agency), Tony Cain (GHD), Ed Clayton (Clayton
Fordham), Aidan Cooper (Chester Consultants), Kylie Eltham (Fletcher Constriction), Jason Hambrook (HEB),
Brian Handyside (Erosion Management), Andy Irwin (AT), Peter Mitchell (Auckland Motorway Alliance/
Opus), Ban Najim Aldin (WSL), Richard Regan (CKL), Graeme Ridley (Ridley Dunphy), Wayne Viall (Fulton
Hogan), Matthew Wallace (International Erosion Control Association), Brent Warby (Dempsey Wood Civil
Ltd.), Lachlan Ward (Babington & Assoc. Ltd.). Thanks are also extended to Auckland Council staff, both
past and present, who contributed to the development of the guideline.

Photos were contributed by SouthernSkies, Erosion Control Ltd, Contractor’s-Services LLC, Maccaferri NZ
Ltd, Fletcher Construction, HEB Contractors, Hawkesbury-Nepean Catchment Management Trust, and
Fulton Hogan

This guideline has drawn on Auckland Council’s guideline ‘TP90 - Erosion and sediment control guidelines
for land disturbing activities’ and the NZ Transport Agency’s ‘Erosion and sediment control standard for
state highway infrastructure’. The project team acknowledges in particular the NZ Transport Agency’s
permission to use technical information from the guideline. Other agencies and councils are acknowledged
for the use of their material throughout the guideline.
Preface

What is the purpose and scope of this guideline?

This document, Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland
Region, known as GD05, provides technical guidance for the selection, design and use of erosion and
sediment control (ESC) practices and measures for land disturbing activities in an Auckland context.

As is explained in section A1.2, this guideline focuses on ‘earthworks’, where earthworks comprise:
Disturbance of soil/ground for activities such as residential, commercial or infrastructure
developments, roads and utilities, and
Earthworks associated with quarrying (such as overburden disposal), and ancillary farming
earthworks (excluding cultivation).
The primary intended audience for the guideline are designers and contractors/implementers, who
construct, operate and maintain ESC measures as part of earthworks and other land disturbing
activities at multiple scales. However, it also includes useful guidance for council consent processors
and compliance officers, as well as developers and householders involved in earthworks activities.

GD05 is an update of TP90 – Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in
the Auckland Region (1999, and 2007 update), and supersedes that guideline. The scope or objective of
this guideline update was to provide a user-friendly document that provides practical ESC methodologies
and technologies that reflect the evolution of industry best practice and technological innovation.

What new inclusions and approaches are in this guideline?

The key new inclusions and approaches in this guideline (relative to TP90) are:
A more web-friendly structure that can be viewed online and downloaded for printing
Clear flow charts to demonstrate the steps in selecting and using the best practice option
(refer Section C)
A greater focus on practical and clear guidance for contractors and implementers of ESCs,
including new photos and diagrams, installation checklists and ESC site plan/drawing examples
(refer Part 2 and appendices)
Recent ESC technologies and practices that are now considered best practice, including T-bar
decants for decanting earth bunds and flocculants for sediment control; as well as clarity on the
potential use of new emerging practices/innovations
Greater emphasis on non-structural approaches to erosion control such as timing and staging
of earthworks
Guidance on ESC for activity-specific land disturbing activities such as dewatering, small sites,
roads and utilities, works in the coastal marine area, and farm tracking
Additional guidance on other considerations such as sustainability, safety in design and cost
benefits of ESC.

Who was consulted in the preparation of this guideline?

Extensive consultation was undertaken in the development of this guideline, including:
Workshops with and input from industry through a focus group of recognised ESC practitioners,
contractors, and council/government staff that regularly use the previous TP90 or other ESC guidelines
Workshops and other consultation with Auckland Council’s internal stakeholders such as its
Resource Consents and Building Controls Teams
A workshop with Mana Whenua.

How can I provide feedback on the guideline?

For your comments and suggestions, please fill in a feedback form downloadable from
aucklanddesignmanual.co.nz and send to [email protected].

How will I be advised of updates to the guideline?

This guideline is a living document and updates will be made, as required, to the web version available
on Auckland Council’s website at aucklanddesignmanual.co.nz. Hard copies will not be sold or officially
issued. It is the responsibility of the user of this guideline to ensure they download the most up-to-date
version of GD05.
Contents
PART 1: PRINCIPLES
SECTION A: INTRODUCTION TO THE GUIDELINE
A1.0 Introduction�� 1
A1.1 Aims of the guideline�� 1
A1.2 Scope and application of the guideline�� 2
A1.3 How to use this guideline�� 3
A1.4 Need for the guideline�� 6
A1.5 How this guideline was developed�� 7
A1.6 Current regulatory framework for land disturbing activities �� 8
A1.7 Mana whenua values�� 9

A2.0 Fundamental principles of erosion and sediment control�� 12

SECTION B: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION IN THE AUCKLAND REGION
B1.0 Erosion and sedimentation in the Auckland region�� 16
B1.1 The erosion and sedimentation process�� 16
B1.2 Types of erosion�� 17
B1.3 Factors influencing erosion�� 19
B1.3.1 Weather ��19
B1.3.2 Topography��20
B1.3.3 Soil characteristics��20
B1.3.4 Ground cover��21
B1.3.5 Duration of soil exposure ��21
B1.4 Calculating sediment yield�� 22
B1.4.1 Potential calculation tools��22

SECTION C: SELECTING AND USING THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES
C1.0 Selecting and using the ESC practices�� 23
C1.1 The ESC development process�� 23
C1.2 The treatment train approach�� 23
C1.3 Selecting the best management practice(s) �� 23
C1.3.1 Step 1: Site assessment ��24
C1.3.2 Step 2: Consider the construction methodology (for the overall development)��25
C1.3.3 Step 3: Choose the ESCs ��25
C1.4 Design of controls (preparing an ESC Plan)�� 27
C1.5 Construction and operation of controls �� 28
C1.5.1 Step 1: Define the work area in which earthworks are to occur��28
C1.5.2 Step 2: Implement perimeter erosion controls ��28
C1.5.3 Step 3: Implement primary sediment retention controls ��28
C1.5.4 Step 4: Protect topsoil and manage stockpiles��28
C1.5.5 Step 5: Progressively deploy internal ESCs��28
C1.5.6 Step 6: Progressively stabilise the site as works progress��29
C1.5.7 Step 7: Set up and follow a management and monitoring system��29
C1.6 Decommissioning of controls�� 29
C1.7 Compliance�� 29
C1.8 Other considerations��30
C1.8.1 Sustainability�� 30
C1.8.2 Safety�� 31
C1.8.3 Cost benefits of ESC�� 32
C1.8.4 Ancillary construction effects�� 33

PART 2: PRACTICES
SECTION D: OVERVIEW OF ESC PRACTICES
D1.0 Overview of ESC Practices�� 34
D1.1 Scope of Part 2�� 34
D1.2 Current best practice methods and measures�� 35
D1.3 New emerging practices/innovations�� 36

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E1.0 Non-structural approaches�� 38
E1.1 Minimise disturbance�� 38
E1.2 Stage construction�� 38
E1.3 Protect slopes�� 39
E1.4 Protect watercourses�� 39
E1.5 Stabilise exposed areas rapidly�� 39
E1.6 Consider the timing of earthworks�� 40

E2.0 Water management controls – for concentrated water flows�� 41

E2.1 ‘Clean water’ diversion channels and bunds�� 41
E2.1.1 Design��41
E2.1.2 Construction, operation and maintenance ��45
E2.1.3 Decommissioning�� 46
E2.2 ‘Dirty water’ diversion channels and bunds�� 47
E2.2.1 Design��47
E2.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance ��49
E2.2.3 Decommissioning��49
E2.3 Contour drains (cut-offs)�� 50
E2.3.1 Design��50
E2.3.2 Construction, operation and maintenance ��53
E2.3.3 Decommissioning��53
E2.4 Check dams�� 54
E2.4.1 Design��54
E2.4.2 Construction, operation and maintenance��57
E2.4.3 Decommissioning��57
E2.5 Pipe drop structures and flumes�� 58
E2.5.1 Design��58
E2.5.2 Construction, operation and maintenance ��63
E2.5.3 Decommissioning��64
E2.6 Stabilised entranceways��65
E2.6.1 Design�� 65
E2.6.2 Construction, operation and maintenance �� 69
E2.6.3 Decommissioning�� 69
E2.7 Surface roughening��70
E2.7.1 Design�� 70
E2.7.2 Construction, operation and maintenance��72
E2.7.3 Decommissioning��72
E3.0 Soil and surface stabilisation practices��73
E3.1 Topsoiling and grass seeding�� 74
E3.1.1 Design�� 74
E3.1.2 Construction, operation and maintenance�� 78
E3.2 Hydroseeding��79
E3.2.1 Design�� 79
E3.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance��81
E3.3 Turfing�� 82
E3.3.1 Design��82
E3.3.2 Construction, operation and maintenance��84
E3.4 Mulching�� 85
E3.4.1 Design��85
E3.4.2 Construction, operation and maintenance�� 88
E3.5 Geotextiles and erosion control blankets�� 89
E3.5.1 Design��89
E3.5.2 Construction, operation and maintenance��97

SECTION F: SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F1.0 Structural approaches��100
F1.1 Sediment retention ponds��100
F1.1.1 Design��100
F1.1.2 Construction, operation and maintenance ��112
F1.2 Decanting earth bunds�� 116
F1.2.1 Design�� 116
F1.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance �� 121
F1.2.3 Decommissioning ��122
F1.3 Silt fences��123
F1.3.1 Design��123
F1.3.2 Construction, operation and maintenance ��128
F1.3.3 Decommissioning ��130
F1.4 Super silt fences��131
F1.4.1 Design��131
F1.4.2 Construction, operation and maintenance��134
F1.4.3 Decommissioning ��136
F1.5 Silt socks��137
F1.5.1 Design��137
F1.5.2 Construction, operation and maintenance��140
F1.5.3 Decommissioning �� 141
F1.6 Stormwater inlet protection��142
F1.6.1 Design��142
F1.6.2 Construction, operation and maintenance requirements��144

F2.0 Coagulant and flocculant treatment�� 145

F2.1 General��145
F2.1.1 Definition��145
F2.1.2 Purpose�� 145
F2.1.3 Coagulation�� 145
F2.1.4 Flocculation�� 145
F2.1.5 Conditions where practice applies�� 146
F2.1.6 Limitations�� 146
F2.1.7 Treatment options�� 146
F2.2 Rainfall activated treatment��148
F2.2.1 Design�� 150
F2.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance�� 152
F2.3 Floc sock treatment�� 155
F2.3.1 Design�� 155
F2.3.2 Construction operation and maintenance�� 156
F2.4 Batch dosing treatment�� 157
F2.4.1 Design�� 157
F2.4.2 Construction, operation and maintenance�� 158
F2.5 Decommissioning �� 159

SECTION G: SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

G1.0 Dewatering�� 161
G1.1 Unique nature of this activity�� 161
G1.1.1 Conditions where practice applies�� 161
G1.1.2 Limitations�� 161
G1.2 Best practice ESC for this activity�� 161
G1.2.1 Key design criteria�� 161
G1.2.2 Construction and operation��162

G2.0 Small sites��164

G3.0 Roads and utilities�� 165
G3.1 Roads ��165
G3.1.1 Unique nature of roading works�� 165
G3.1.2 Best practice ESC for roading works�� 165
G3.2 Utilities��168
G3.2.1 Unique nature of utility works��168
G3.2.2 Best practice ESC for utility works��168

G4.0 Works within a watercourse�� 171

G4.1 Unique nature of this activity�� 171
G4.2 Best practice ESC for this activity�� 171
G4.2.1 Temporary watercourse crossings�� 172
G4.2.2 Dam and pump or dam and divert devices��174
G4.2.3 Temporary watercourse diversions�� 175

G5.0 Works within the coastal marine area (CMA)�� 178

G5.1 Unique nature of this activity�� 178

G6.0 Quarrying�� 179

G6.1 Unique nature of this activity�� 179
G6.2 Best practice ESC for this activity�� 179
G6.2.1 Quarry access�� 179
G6.2.2 Managing clean and dirty water��180
G6.2.3 Overburden removal and disposal��180
G6.2.4 Quarry product handling and stockpiling��180

G7.0 Agriculture (farm tracking)�� 181

G8.0 Soil binders ��182
G8.1 Unique nature of this activity��182
G8.2 Best practice ESC for this activity��183
G8.2.1 Design��183
G8.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance��183

G9.0 Dust control��184

G9.1 Unique nature of this activity��184
G9.2 Best practice ESC for this activity��185
G9.2.1 Design��185
G9.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance�� 187

References��190
Glossary and abbreviations�� 192
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1a: Guideline structure and content – Part 1�� 4
Figure 1b: Guideline structure and content – Part 2�� 5
Figure 2: Examples of erosion (left hand photo) and sediment discharge (right hand photo)�� 6
Figure 3: The basic erosion process��16
Figure 4: Types of erosion��17
Figure 5: Auckland mean monthly rainfall (mm) 1981-2010��20
Figure 6: The ESC development process��23
Figure 7: Steps in selecting the best practice option��24
Figure 8: Process to select the best practice option(s) and develop an ESC Plan for development/construction��26
Figure 9: Good example of staged construction and progressive stabilisation��37
Figure 10: Northern Motorway construction site - minimising disturbance ��38
Figure 11: Flume installed to protect steep slope��38
Figure 12: Sediment discharge as a result of not protecting the watercourse��39
Figure 13: Rapid stabilisation��39
Figure 14: Clean water diversion used to isolate upper clean water flows from the works area��41
Figure 15: Turfing scraped from within the site to stabilise the perimeter bund��42
Figure 16: Cross-section of clean water diversion��44
Figure 17: Hotmix bund diverting the motorway runoff to the catchpit ��44
Figure 18: Cross-section of a dirty water diversion�� 48
Figure 19: Dirty water diversion bund directing site water to a sediment retention pond�� 48
Figure 20: Drop out pit�� 48
Figure 21: Contour drain��50
Figure 22: Contour drain installed across access track ��51
Figure 23: Contour drain cross-section��52
Figure 24: Check dam��54
Figure 25: Check dams installed in series to act as a permanent water velocity control measure��55
Figure 26: Check dams installed with a spillway to direct flows over the centre of the structure��56
Figure 27: Rock check dam��56
Figure 28: Silt socks can be used as a check structure on a low gradient channel��57
Figure 29: Flume conveying clean water over the works area��58
Figure 30: Geotextile lined flume��59
Figure 31: Wooden flume lined with impervious material��59
Figure 32: Pipe drop structure and Flumes��61
Figure 33: Pipe drop structures conveying upper water down an exposed slope ��63
Figure 34 Stabilised entranceway��65
Figure 35: Stabilised entranceway��67
Figure 36: Example of truck wash and shaker ramp��68
Figure 37: Example of shaker ramp��68
Figure 38: Surface roughening with bulldozer��70
Figure 39: Surface roughening of a slope. Note the hollows acting as “micro” sediment traps��71
Figure 40: Surface roughening��72
Figure 41: Stabilisation via a combination of chip mulch, geotextile and aggregate��73
Figure 42: Grass stabilised earthworks site. Batter and building platforms ��74
Figure 43: Initial grass strike - not stabilised��75
Figure 44: Approximately 40-60% grass strike - not stabilised��76
Figure 45: Approximately 90-100% grass strike - stabilised��76
Figure 46: Loss of topsoil and grass seed after heavy rain event. Will require stabilisation and reapplication��78
Figure 47: Specialist application of hydroseed��79
Figure 48: Sportsfield being hydroseeded. Sediment control remains installed until an 80% grass strike has established��80
Figure 49: Recently applied hydroseed on a stormwater wetland��81
Figure 50: Same wetland one week later, grass starting to take well��81
Figure 51: Turf being placed adjacent to a stabilised swale��82
Figure 52: Turf used to provide instant stabilisation of the swale allowing for the early commissioning of the device��83
Figure 53: Specialist application of hay mulch��85
Figure 54: Hydromulch application ��86
Figure 55: Hydrohay as applied��86
Figure 56: Woodchip to stabilise the finished batter slope��87
Figure 57: Geotextile used to temporarily stabilise the batter face ��89
Figure 58: Geotextile design - outfalls��92
Figure 59: Geotextile design – on slopes��92
Figure 60: Jute mesh��93
Figure 61: Straw blanket��93
Figure 62: Coconut fibre blanket used to stabilise batters while allowing grass to grow through��94
Figure 63: Bonded synthetic fibre mat used as erosion protection and medium for revegetation��96
Figure 64: Schematic of a sediment retention pond �� 101
Figure 65: SRP cross-section�� 102
Figure 66: Schematic of standard T-bar design�� 105
Figure 67: Example of baffles��106
Figure 68: Example of a level spreader��106
Figure 69: Level spreader�� 107
Figure 70: Example of an anti-seep collar�� 107
Figure 71: Sediment retention pond for <1.5 ha catchment��108
Figure 72: Sediment retention pond for 1.5 to 3 ha catchment ��109
Figure 73: Sediment retention pond for 3 to 5 ha catchment�� 110
Figure 74: Example of baffles at dead water level��111
Figure 75: Installation of the outlet pipe and the anti-seep collars��112
Figure 76: Level spreader across the full width of the pond ��113
Figure 77: Steel strapping used to attach decant system to horizontal pipework��113
Figure 78: Close up of decanting earth bund system�� 116
Figure 79: Decanting earth bund��117
Figure 80: Silt fence installed on edge of works�� 123
Figure 81: Silt fence joins. Left hand photo shows battens used to join the lengths. �� 124
Right hand photo shows doubling over of fabric at end around the waratah
Figure 82: Schematic of a silt fence�� 126
Figure 83: Silt fence cross-section�� 127
Figure 84: Step-by-step installation of a silt fence�� 128
Figure 85: Contours create the same effect as returns in this case�� 129
Figure 86: Use of silt fence clips�� 129
Figure 87: Super silt fence�� 131
Figure 88: Schematic of a super silt fence�� 133
Figure 89: Step-by-step installation of a super silt fence�� 135
Figure 90: Silt sock used to provide control during final landscaping�� 137
Figure 91: Compost silt socks with returns installed��140
Figure 92: Silt sock with 1m overlapping joint��140
Figure 93: Silt sock joined using a sleeve and pegged and secured using bailing twine with 1 m overlapping joint �� 141
Figure 94: Straw sock secured in place using stakes and bale twine; note the stakes are placed every 600 mm�� 141
Figure 95: ‘Turkeys nest’�� 141
Figure 96: Silt sock used to provide control during final landscaping works �� 141
Figure 97: Stormwater inlet protection silt fence within a construction yard (Note: Flooding not an issue in this case) �� 142
Figure 98: Silt fence installed to protect a new stormwater catchpit where impounded water will not create a flooding hazard�� 143
Figure 99: Installation of a silt sock to provide some protection to the catchpit �� 143
Figure 100: Rainfall activated flocculant treatment device�� 145
Figure 101: Rainfall activated treatment system�� 149
Figure 102: Rainfall catchment tray�� 150
Figure 103: Header tank �� 151
Figure 104: Flocculation shed�� 151
Figure 105: Floc sock installed in a half round boss pipe with a concrete wing wall to divert all dirty flows over the floc sock�� 155
Figure 106: Installation of floc socks��156
Figure 107: Dewatering skip bin��161
Figure 108: Dewatering bag and pipe sock ��162
Figure 109: Example of a mobile ‘turkeys nest’ used for dewatering��162
Figure 110: Silt fence ��164
Figure 111: Progressive stabilisation in limited space��166
Figure 112: Use of stabilisation products and progressive stabilisation��167
Figure 113: Typical trenching methodology�� 170
Figure 114: Temporary stream diversion to allow for the installation of a new culvert�� 171
Figure 115: Stabilised clean water diversion and temporary culvert to divert streamflows while a new culvert is being constructed��172
Figure 116: A temporary bridge in the process of being installed��172
Figure 117: In the process of constructing a temporary crossing��173
Figure 118: Water being diverted past a construction works area�� 174
Figure 119: Commencement of over pumping to allow for in-stream works�� 175
Figure 120: Temporary stream diversion installed to allow permanent culverts to be installed off line�� 175
Figure 121: Diversion channel prior to plug removal�� 176
Figure 122: Dewatering construction area into a sediment pond�� 176
Figure 123: Opening up bypass channel and closing off existing one�� 176
Figure 124: Re-establishment of flow in original channel��177
Figure 125: Sandbag coffer dam installed to complete stormwater outfall��177
Figure 126: Decanting earth bund and diversion bund installed during a farm track construction��181
Figure 127: Forward planning and management to minimise dust provide the best options for control��184
Figure 128: Dust suppression using a water cart��184
Figure 129: Snow blowing machine to provide dust control during a liming operation��185
Figure 130: Dust suppression using soil binders/polymers��185
Figure 131: Water truck dampening down the works area��187
Figure 132: Regular wetting of the haul road��187
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Types of erosion and their consequences..............................................................................................................................................................................................17
Table 2: Soil characteristics to consider..................................................................................................................................................................................................................21
Table 3: Sustainability considerations for ESC.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30
Table 4: Contour drain spacing...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................52
Table 5: Positioning of check dams...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................55
Table 6: Sizing criteria for pipe drop structures...................................................................................................................................................................................................60
Table 7: Sizing criteria for flumes...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................62
Table 8: Stabilised entranceway specifications....................................................................................................................................................................................................66
Table 9: Typical seed and fertiliser application rates.........................................................................................................................................................................................77
Table 10: Erosion control blankets/mats – design criteria...............................................................................................................................................................................93
Table 11: Staple density................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 98
Table 12: Silt fence design criteria.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125
Table 13: Super silt fence design criteria.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 132
Table 14: 300mm diameter silt sock..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 138
Table 15: 450mm diameter silt sock...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 139
Table 16: Specifications for compost.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 139

APPENDICES
Appendix A: References..........................................................................................................................................................................A-1
Appendix B: Glossary and abbreviations............................................................................................................................................B-1
Appendix C: ESC construction quality checklists.............................................................................................................................C-1
Appendix D: Recommended line types & symbols.......................................................................................................................... D-1
Appendix E: ESC site plan/drawing examples.................................................................................................................................... E-1
1
Principles
SECTION A: SECTION B: SECTION C:
Introduction to the guideline Erosion and sedimentation Selecting and using the erosion
in the Auckland region and sediment control practices
Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

A Introduction to the guideline

16 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION A – INTRODUCTION TO THE GUIDELINE

A1.0 Introduction

A1.1 Aims of the guideline

As part of Auckland’s widely shared vision to be the world’s most liveable city, the Auckland Plan
(Auckland Council, 2012) identifies a need to reduce the overall yield of suspended sediment to priority
marine environments.

This guideline, ‘Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland
Region’, known as GD05, supports this overall vision and target by providing technical guidance for the
selection, design and use of erosion and sediment control (ESC) practices and measures for a range of
land disturbing activities in an Auckland context.

The ultimate goal of this guideline is to minimise erosion, sediment discharge and sedimentation that
occurs as a consequence of land disturbance in the Auckland region. In addition, the guideline seeks
to facilitate land disturbance that complies with the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) i.e. land
disturbance that is necessary for:

“people and communities to provide for their social, economic, and cultural well-being
and for their health and safety while –
a) sustaining the potential of natural and physical resources (excluding minerals) to
meet the reasonably foreseeable needs of future generations; and
b) safeguarding the life-supporting capacity of air, water, soil, and ecosystems; and
c) avoiding, remedying, or mitigating any adverse effects of activities on the
environment.”
(Section 5, RMA)
More specifically the guideline aims to:

Provide an understanding of the fundamental principles of ESC

Provide user-friendly technical advice on ESC methodologies/technologies that are current best
practice, proven and practical
Guide users on how to select and implement the ESC practices and procedures during the design,
construction, operation, maintenance and decommissioning phases, within the Auckland context.
This guideline updates and replaces ‘Auckland Regional Council Technical Publication Number 90
Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region’ (1999,
and 2007 update), known as TP90.

The guideline is a living document that will be reviewed and revised as new research and technologies
become available and legislation is reformed.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 1

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

A1.2 Scope and application of the guideline

‘Land disturbing activities’ are defined in the Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan (PAUP, 2013) to include
‘earthworks’, ‘ancillary farming earthworks’ and ‘ancillary forestry earthworks’.

This guideline primarily focuses on ‘earthworks’, which comprise the disturbance of soil, earth or
substrate land surfaces for activities such as residential, commercial or infrastructure developments
and maintenance, roads and utilities, ancillary farming earthworks, and earthworks associated with
quarrying, such as overburden disposal. The guideline also addresses management of construction
activities that result in the disturbance of sediment within the coastal marine area (CMA), excluding
dredging.

Earthworks include activities such as:

Blading Removing
Ripping Drilling
Boring Replacing
Moving Excavation
Contouring Trenching
Placing Filling
Cutting Thrusting.
While many of the measures covered in the guideline are relevant to cultivation and ancillary forestry
activities, those activities are not specifically addressed. Other industry best-practice guidelines apply
to those activities, as required throughout the PAUP.

For ease of use, the guideline does provide specific sections on:

Roads and utilities Farm tracking

Dewatering Overburden disposal associated with
quarrying
Works within a watercourse
Works within the CMA.
Small sites

For these specific land disturbing activities, Section F of the guideline provides specific guidance on
which ESC controls are appropriate for these activities. In addition, direction is given on where other
appropriate guidance can be found where applicable.

The guideline is applicable to all scales of development, from small sites (such as housing construction)
to major developments, including permitted activities and those requiring resource consents (refer
Section A1.6 for further discussion of the current regulatory framework).

The primary intended audience for the guideline are designers and contractors/implementers, who
construct, operate and maintain ESC measures as part of earthworks and other land disturbing
activities at multiple scales. However, it also includes useful guidance for council consent processors
and compliance officers, as well as developers and householders involved in earthworks activities.

2 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION A – INTRODUCTION TO THE GUIDELINE

Figures 1a and 1b provide an overview of the structure and content of this guideline. This guideline is
split into two main parts: ‘Part 1 - Principles’ and ‘Part 2 - Practices’. The Principles Section outlines
the fundamental principles that need to be considered when undertaking earthworks or other land
disturbing activities. The Practices Section provides a set of controls to be used on site.

This document has been specifically prepared for use in the Auckland region. While many of the
principles are common and can be used elsewhere, the technical specifications have been specifically
developed for the geology, topography, receiving environments and context of Auckland. Auckland
Council therefore disclaims any responsibility for use of GD05 outside of the Auckland region.

A1.3 How to use this guideline

How you should use this guideline will depend on your depth of existing knowledge of ESC principles
and practices. If you are a less experienced ESC practitioner and/or have a limited knowledge of ESC
principles and practices, you should follow all of the following steps:

1. Scan the whole document – to understand its aims, scope and general content and approach

2. Understand the principles – review Part 1 – Principles (Sections A to C) to gain an appreciation

of the fundamental principles of ESC, erosion and sedimentation in the Auckland region, and the
overall process for selecting and using ESC practices

3. Review the range of options available – review Part 2 – Practices (Sections D to G) to

understand the range of ESC options available, and the benefits/applicability of each option

4. Select the best practice option(s) – follow the detailed steps in Section C to select the best
practice option or options for your development i.e. develop an ESC Plan

5. Implement the selected option(s) or ESC Plan – follow the detailed steps in Section E or F to
design, construct, operate, maintain and/or decommission your selected option/plan.

Note: Sites that require resource consent will require further approval prior to implementation of the
works.

If you are an experienced ESC practitioner, and are familiar with this new guideline, you should focus on
steps 3 to 5 above.

This guideline is a living document and updates will be made as required to the web version available
on Auckland Council’s website at aucklanddesignmanual.co.nz. Hard copies will not be sold or officially
issued. It is the responsibility of the user of this guideline to ensure they download the most up-to-date
version of GD05.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 3

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Part 1 – Principles

Section A Section B Section C

Preface Erosion and
Introduction Selecting and
sedimentation
to the using the ESC
in the Auckland
guideline practices
region

The erosion and The ESC

Aims of the
sedimentation development
guideline
process process

Scope and
Types of The treatment
application of
erosion train approach
the guideline

Factors Selecting the

How to use
influencing best management
this guideline
erosion practice(s)

Design of controls
Need for the Calculating
(preparing an
guideline sediment yield
ESC Plan)

How this Construction

guideline and operation
was developed of controls

Current
regulatory Decommissioning
framework for of controls
land disturbing
activities

Compliance
Mana Whenua
values

Other
Fundamental considerations
principles
of ESC

Figure 1a: Guideline structure and content – Part 1

4 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION A – INTRODUCTION TO THE GUIDELINE

Part 2 – Practices

Section D Section E Section F Section G Appendices

Overview Erosion Sediment

Specific
of ESC control control
activities
practices practices practices

Structural
Scope of Non-structural approaches
Dewatering
Part 2 approaches
Sediment

Appendix A
retention ponds
References
Water
Current best management Decanting
earth
practice methods controls bunds Small sites
and measures
Silt
fences Appendix B
‘Clean
water’
Glossary and
diversion Super
silt fences
New emerging abbreviations
channels and Roads and
practices / bunds Silt
socks utilities
innovations
‘Dirty
water’ Stormwater
inlet Appendix C
diversion protection ESC construction
channels and Works within a quality checklists
bunds Coagulant watercourse
Contour
drains and flocculant
Appendix D
(cut-offs) treatment
Recommended
General
Works within line types and
Check
dams
the CMA symbols
Pipe
drop Rainfall
activated
structures treatment
and flumes Appendix E
Floc
sock ESC site plan /
Stablised
treatment Quarrying drawing examples
entranceways Batch
dosing
Surface
treatment
roughening Agriculture

(farm tracking)
Soil and surface
stabilisation
practices

Top
soiling and Soil binders
grass seeding

Hydroseeding

Turfing
Dust control
Mulching

Geotextiles
and
erosion control
blankets
Figure 1b: Guideline structure and content – Part 2

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 5

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

A1.4 Need for the guideline

As Auckland continues to grow and develop, land continues to be stripped of vegetation and laid bare
for the construction of subdivisions, roads, and other developments. Land disturbing activities that
expose bare earth surfaces can significantly increase the potential for the generation and discharge of
elevated levels of sediment and other contaminants, and consequently, have an adverse effect on the
quality of water bodies and coastal waters (refer Figure 2).

The majority of Auckland’s surface geology comprises fine clays. Clay particles are easily mobilised
during rain events, and take much longer to settle out than coarser sand and silt material. Since clays
are more difficult to retain within standard sediment control measures, erosion control plays a very
significant role in effective management of land disturbance within the Auckland context.

The physical geography of the Auckland region is characterised by a network of relatively short,
soft bottomed streams and rivers. The coast includes the sheltered, low-energy environments of
the Waitemata, Manukau and Kaipara Harbours and the inner Hauraki Gulf. Their shallow estuarine
embayments form depositional zones where the fine sediment eroded from the surrounding
catchments settle. This makes the Auckland region particularly vulnerable to adverse impacts of erosion
and sediment discharge.

Figure 2: Examples of erosion (left hand photo) and sediment discharge (right hand photo)

Where appropriate ESCs are not implemented, there is potential for a range of adverse effects on the
social, natural environmental, cultural and economic wellbeing of the region, including:

Ecological values associated with direct and indirect impacts on flora and fauna on land and in
adjacent freshwater and marine waterbodies, for example:
−− Smothering
−− Deterioration of habitat from discharge of sediment and pollutants and sedimentation (e.g.
stream blockage, reduced light levels, weed growth)
−− Abrasion and direct impact to fish, stream insects, shell fish and other bottom dwelling
organism.
Water quality for consumable water resources
Aesthetic and recreational values of land and waterbodies

6 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION A – INTRODUCTION TO THE GUIDELINE

Property and public utilities, for example:

−− Blocking of pipes/drains leading to indirect flooding issues
−− Build up of sediment in ports, marinas and navigable channels which require dredging
−− The consequential need for disposal of dredge material.
Recreational and commercial fishing, marine farming and tourism industries
Cultural matters of significance to Mana Whenua, including the mauri of water, mahinga kai,
customary rights and kaitiaki initiatives.
Effective ESCs will not only avoid and/or minimise the adverse environmental effects listed above, but
can also provide significant benefits and cost savings for projects, such as:

Protection of site assets and reduced maintenance costs

Reduced downtime and construction delays
Meeting of legislative obligations and avoidance of prosecution or other non-compliance
measures
Community and stakeholder support.

A1.5 How this guideline was developed

In preparing this guideline a comprehensive review of recent national and international ESC research
and control guidelines was carried out to acknowledge and understand current best practice procedures
and guideline approaches. This was accompanied by a gap analysis which identified gaps and issues
within TP90 and other ESC guidelines. This process helped to determine what should be included within
this document.

Consultation was carried out through a series of workshops that drew on the technical experience and
operational knowledge of a variety of external industry ESC practitioners, consultants and contractors
in the Auckland region, as well as Auckland Council staff. Individual meetings were also held with
Auckland Council staff involved in resource consenting and compliance for land disturbing activities.
A workshop was held with Mana Whenua to seek feedback.

Feedback received from Auckland Council stakeholders and external industry stakeholders and
practitioners was carefully considered prior to, and during, the guideline drafting and finalisation. The
guideline was also peer reviewed at the scoping, draft and final stages.

The guideline development process is ongoing in terms of the education materials, and potential future
updates, which will be communicated through the following webpage: aucklanddesignmanual.co.nz.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 7

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

A1.6 Current regulatory framework

for land disturbing activities
Land disturbing activities in New Zealand are controlled under the RMA. The purpose of the RMA is to
promote the sustainable management of natural and physical resources. This purpose places a general
duty on every person to avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects of activities on the environment.
Sections 9, 12, 13, 14 and 15 of the RMA restrict and regulate activities relating to land use; works in
the coastal marine area; streams, rivers and lakes; and the diversion of water and discharge of sediment
to the environment.

Authorisation to undertake land disturbances and the associated discharges is provided through a rule
in a district or regional plan as a permitted activity, or through resource consent. Various consents may
be required for land disturbing activities. Both permitted activities and resource consents typically have
conditions which must be complied with, and are enforced by Auckland Council. The conditions are
applied to ensure the environmental effects of the activity are appropriately minimised and within the
consent authority’s anticipated ‘envelope of environmental effects’ throughout duration of the project.

In addition to the RMA, the management of land disturbing activities in the Auckland region is currently
subject to the provisions of the following statutory documents:

New Zealand Coastal Policy Statement (2010) (NZCPS)

Hauraki Gulf Marine Park Act 2000 (HGMPA) (applies to the catchments and coastal waters of
Auckland’s east coast)
National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect
Human Health (2011) (NES:CS)
Auckland Council Regional Policy Statement (1999) (ARPS)
Auckland Council Regional Plan: Sediment Control (2001) (ACRP:SC)
Auckland Council Regional Plan: Coastal (2004) (ACRP:C)
Auckland Council District Plan (operative district plans of the seven pre-2010 city and district
councils of the region) (ACDP)
Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan (2013) (PAUP).
As the PAUP progresses through the statutory decision process, increasing weight is afforded to its
provisions. When the PAUP becomes operative it will replace the currently operative regional policy
statement and regional and district plans. All projects involving land disturbing activities in the
Auckland region must incorporate ESC as an integral part of development. Even small projects that
do not require land use consent must still meet all the relevant conditions in the relevant permitted
activity rules of the ACDP, ACRP:SC and the provisions of the PAUP, which must be given effect to.

The need for a resource consent, or whether the earthworks can be carried out as a permitted activity,
should become clear once the appropriate location, area and volume of earthworks is known.

A higher level of control is required when there is a greater risk of significant adverse effects on the
receiving environment as a consequence of discharge of sediment from land disturbing activities.

For earthworks that require consent, the ESC Plan will need to be submitted to Council for approval.
Once approved, earthworks will often require a pre-start meeting between the plan preparer, contractor
and Auckland Council compliance officer to discuss the project works.

8 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION A – INTRODUCTION TO THE GUIDELINE

A1.7 Mana whenua values

Consideration of Mana Whenua values during the earthworks phase includes two important aspects:

An understanding of mauri
The practical application of Mana Whenua values in the appropriate context.

A1.7.1 Mana Whenua and mauri

As kaitiaki, Mana Whenua have the responsibility of ensuring that the spiritual and cultural aspects of
resources are maintained for future generations. This involves the ongoing protection of mauri from
damage, destruction or modification.

Mauri is a concept recognised by Mana Whenua as the connection between spiritual, physical and
temporal realms. Loosely translated as the life force or life essence which exists within all matter, mauri
sits at the very core of sustainable design for Mana Whenua and Te Ao Māori – the Māori worldview.

An objective of the Auckland Regional Policy statement is “to sustain the mauri of natural and physical
resources in ways which enable provision for the social, economic and cultural wellbeing of Maori”.

This concept of mauri is recognised within the Auckland region’s regional and district plans, which mention:

The council is committed to recognising Mana Whenua values associated with freshwater and
enabling kaitiakitanga
The mauri of freshwater and the relationship of Mana Whenua with freshwater is recognised
and provided for
The protection and restoration of the mauri and waiora of the rural and coastal environment
of Tāmaki Makaurau continue to be of high priority to Mana Whenua of Tāmaki Makaurau.
A key concern of Mana Whenua is the effect on the mauri of water through the pollution of streams,
rivers, catchments and harbours. This can be due to sediment entering waterways, loss of riparian
margins, and the loss of native habitat to support native flora and fauna.

Degradation of freshwater quality can also affect the ability for customary harvest and manaaki due
to depletion of, or in some cases the absence of, traditional mahinga kai resources. Modification or
destruction of wāhi tapū and wāhi taonga is another potential effect of freshwater degradation.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 9

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

The revival and enhancement of mauri should be a focus during the design and construction phases
of an earthworks project through:

A holistic approach to resource management

Protection of habitats of edible plants and native aquatic life, which are traditional sources
of food for local Māori
Avoiding the destruction of, and/or restoring a buffer of native vegetation alongside waterways
Water conservation
Avoiding mixing waters from different sources.
Examples of different states and sources of water in the Māori context are provided below. It is also
important to consider these, as they relate to how water is changed through urbanisation.

Wai-ora: (pure water), which is water in its purest form

Wai-maori: (freshwater), which is referred to as ordinary water that runs free or unrestrained and
has no sacred associations
Wai-kino: (polluted), which is where the mauri of the water has been altered through pollution or
corruption and has the potential to do harm to humans
Wai-mate: (dead water), which is where the water has lost its mauri and is dead. It is dangerous
to humans because it can cause illness or misfortune
Wai-tai: (salt or water from the ocean), which also refers to rough or angry water as in surf,
waves or sea tides
Wai-tapu: (sacred water), which is water that is used for ritual and ceremony.

A1.7.2 Application of Mana Whenua values

Te Aranga Design Principles1 have been developed to provide a clear process for positive engagement
with Mana Whenua to shape our built environment and acknowledge our position as a city
distinguished by the world’s largest population of Māori. The Te Aranga Design Principles arise from
a widely held desire to enhance Mana Whenua presence, visibility and participation in the design of
the physical realm and are founded on intrinsic Māori cultural values. These core values have been
acknowledged by Mana Whenua as appropriate for the Auckland region:

Rangatiratanga: The right to exercise authority and self-determination within one’s own iwi /
hapū realm
Kaitiakitanga: the exercise of guardianship by the tangata whenua of an area in accordance with
tikanga Maori in relation to natural and physical resources; and includes the ethic of stewardship
Manaakitanga: the ethic of holistic hospitality whereby Mana Whenua have inherited obligations
to be the best hosts they can be
Wairuatanga: the immutable spiritual connection between people and their environments
Kotahitanga: unity, cohesion and collaboration
Whanaungatanga: a relationship through shared experiences and working together which
provides people with a sense of belonging
Mātauranga: Māori / Mana Whenua knowledge and understanding.

1
http://www.aucklanddesignmanual.co.nz/design-thinking/maori-design/te_aranga_principles

10 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION A – INTRODUCTION TO THE GUIDELINE

The key objective of the Principles is to enhance the protection, reinstatement, development and
articulation of Mana Whenua cultural heritage and cultural landscapes enabling all of us (mana whenua,
mataawaka , tauiwi and manuhiri) to connect to and deepen our ‘sense of place’.

The Principles are intended as an enabling strategic foundation for Mana Whenua to adopt, customise
and further develop in response to local context. The Principles also provide stakeholders and the design
community with a clearer picture as to how Mana Whenua are likely to view, value and participate in
the design and development of the built environment within their ancestral rohe.

The use of the Principles is predicated on the development of high quality durable relationships being
developed between iwi/hapū, their mandated design professionals and local and central government.
Robust relationships between these groups provide opportunities for unlocking a rich store of design
potential.

The Principles provide guidance around culturally appropriate design processes and design responses
that enhance our appreciation of the natural landscape and built environment. These same underlying
principles can also help inform culturally appropriate ESC works, and examples include:

Mana - The status of iwi and hapū as Mana Whenua is recognised and respected. For example:
−− The principle of mana can be demonstrated by use of cultural monitoring during excavation
and Mana Whenua inspection of environmental controls
Taiao - The natural environment is protected, restored and/or enhanced. For example:
−− Avoiding the mixing of sediment-laden water into marine and freshwater receiving
environments aligns with the principles of Taiao and Mauri Tu
Mauri Tu - Environmental health is protected, maintained and/or enhanced. For example:
−− The use of organic flocculants aligns with the principles of Taiao and Mauri Tu
Ahi kā - Iwi/hapū have a living and enduring presence and are secure and valued within their
rohe. For example:
−− Urupā (traditional burial grounds) are commonly located near watercourses and riparian/
coastal margins. In alignment with Ahi kā, extra care should be taken when excavating near
these zones
Mahi Toi - Iwi/hapū narratives are captured and expressed creatively and appropriately
−− Enlisting Mana Whenua to provide cultural narrative prior to works can provide workers
with an understanding of the rich cultural history and significance of the area. This aligns
with Mahi Toi and Tohu
Tohu - Mana Whenua significant sites and cultural landscapes and landmarks are acknowledged:
−− To align with the principles of Tohu and Mana, accidental discovery protocols should have an
updated register of iwi who have Mana Whenua across the area surrounding a construction
site. This will ensure a smooth process in the circumstance of an accidental find.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 11

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

A2.0 Fundamental principles of erosion

and sediment control

The following ten fundamental principles of ESC provide best practice guidance for minimising the
adverse effects of erosion and sedimentation through the planning, construction and maintenance
phases of a project. These should be followed when preparing and implementing an ESC Plan:

1. Minimise disturbance

Consistent with the concepts of water sensitive design (WSD – formerly referred to as low impact design)
in Auckland Council guideline GD04, the identification and retention of existing site attributes should be
incorporated into project designs, and earthworks should be minimised to the greatest extent practicable.

Land development should be fitted to land sensitivity and where possible, disturbance should avoid
steeper slopes and other features such as streams and wetlands.

For any development, the total area of earthworks should be the minimum necessary to achieve the
design outcome (including temporary works). The area of earthworks exposed to erosion at any given
time should also be minimised through staging and progressive stabilisation.

All limits of disturbance should be shown on the ESC Plan. On-site limits of disturbance should
be clearly shown using fences, signs and flags.

2. Stage construction

Carrying out bulk earthworks over the whole site maximises the time and area that soil is exposed and
prone to erosion. By only exposing those areas that are required to be exposed for active earthworking
at any one time, the duration of exposure and risk of erosion/sediment discharge can also be minimised.
‘Earthworks staging’, where the site has earthworks undertaken in smaller units over time with
progressive revegetation, limits erosion.

Careful planning is needed. Temporary stockpiles, access and utility service installation all need to
be planned. Earthworks staging needs to be planned in conjunction with the overall construction
sequencing to ensure that it accommodates the contractor’s requirements.

Earthworks staging and sequencing should be detailed in the ESC Plan.

12 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005
SECTION A – INTRODUCTION TO THE GUIDELINE

3. Protect slopes

If slopes are worked and require stabilisation, simple vegetative covers like topsoiling and seeding may
not be immediately effective and additional measures may be required. These are described in Section
E3.0 of Part 2 - Practices.

Disturbance of existing slopes should be avoided wherever possible, particularly steep slopes which
have a higher risk of erosion. Clean water runoff from above the site must be diverted away from the
exposed slopes to minimise erosion.

Slopes should be highlighted on the ESC Plan, as well as limits of disturbance and any works and
areas requiring specific protection.

4. Protect watercourses

Existing streams, watercourses and proposed drainage patterns need to be mapped. Earthworks and
the removal of vegetation beside or within streams (including intermittent streams), wetlands and the
coast, typically require consents from Auckland Council. The Council should be consulted on these
matters prior to finalising project designs.

All watercourses, limits of disturbance and protection measures should be mapped on the ESC Plan.
In addition, all practices to be used to protect new drainage channels should be marked, as well as
crossings, disturbances and associated construction methods.

Further advice on works within a watercourse is provided in Section G of Part 2 – Practices.

5. Rapidly stabilise exposed areas

Disturbed soils should be progressively stabilised with vegetation, mulch, grassing or other stabilising
methods after each earthworks stage and at specific milestones within stages. Available stabilisation
methods are site specific and are described in Section E3.0 of Part 2 - Practices.

Time limits for grass or mulch covers should be clearly defined in the ESC Plan along with
conditions for temporary cover (in the case of severe erosion) or poor germination.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 13

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

6. Install perimeter controls and diversions

Perimeter controls and diversion measures help separate ‘clean water’ from outside the area of
disturbance from ‘dirty water’ that has flowed through the disturbed area. Minimising the earthworks
catchment by diverting clean runoff away from the works area is a critical erosion control measure. It
also reduces the size of sediment control devices necessary for any given works area. Perimeter and
diversion controls can also retain or direct sediment-laden runoff within the site. Common controls are
diversion drains and earth bunds. These are detailed in Section E2.0 of Part 2 – Practices.

The type and extent of perimeter or diversion controls should be outlined in the ESC Plan, along
with design parameters.

7. Employ sediment retention devices

Even with the best ESC practices, earthworks will discharge sediment-laden runoff during and
immediately following storms. Along with erosion control measures, sediment retention devices are
needed to capture runoff so sediment generated can settle out and be retained on site. These are
detailed in Section F1.0 of Part 2 – Practices.

The fine-grained nature of Auckland soils means sediment retention ponds will usually require flocculant
treatment (flocculation) to maximise their efficiency. All sediment retention devices must be sized and
maintained in accordance with the guideline, and must be appropriate for any given location within a site.

The ESC Plan should include sediment retention device design specifications, detailed inspection
and maintenance schedules of structures, and conversion plans for permanent structures.

8. Get trained and develop experience

A trained and experienced contractor is an important element of an ESC Plan, considering contractors
are generally responsible for installing and maintaining ESC practices. Trained and experienced staff can
save project time and money through proactive construction and maintenance of ESCs. Staff should be
encouraged to become experienced in ESC. Key staff should also be assigned to provide that role, so
that the appropriate level of experience and supervision is provided for each new project.

14 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION A – INTRODUCTION TO THE GUIDELINE

9. Adjust the ESC Plan as needed

An effective ESC Plan is modified as a project progresses from bulk earthworks to a fully developed site.
Factors such as weather, changes to grade, altered design including drainage and formation of roads can
require changes to initial ESC design.

The ESC Plan should be updated to suit site adjustments in time for the pre-construction meeting
and initial inspection of installed ESCs. The Plan must also be regularly referred to and available on-
site. Prior to the commencement of works, consideration should be given to how the site will change
throughout the project, and how the ESC Plan will need to evolve.

Note: For consented sites, adjustments to the ESC Plan may require sign-off from Council.

10. Assess and adjust your ESC measures

ESC measures need to be inspected, monitored and maintained.

Inspection and maintenance of controls is especially important prior to and following a storm event.
A large or intense storm can leave ESC measures in need of repair, replacement, reinforcement or
cleaning out. Maintaining and repairing measures as soon as possible after a storm event will maximise
the ongoing efficiency of the measures and minimise adverse environmental effects.

Assessment and adjustment is an important ESC practice –it must figure prominently in the ESC
Plan. It is also important to assign responsibility for implementing the ESC Plan and monitoring
control measures as the project progresses.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 15

B Erosion and sedimentation
in the Auckland region
SECTION B – EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION IN THE AUCKLAND REGION

B1.0 Erosion and sedimentation

in the Auckland region

B1.1 The erosion and sedimentation process

Erosion is the process whereby the land surface is worn away through physical, chemical or biological
processes resulting in detachment and transport of soil particles. Sedimentation is the deposition of this
eroded soil.

All development/works that involve land disturbing activities have the potential to result in the erosion
of exposed surfaces and sedimentation within the receiving environment.

In order to implement successful ESC on a site, it is important to understand the processes that occur
during erosion and sedimentation. The basic erosion process is outlined in Figure 3 below, and includes
detachment, transport and deposition of soil particles.

Soil detachment Soil transport Soil deposition

(Erosion) (Erosion) (Sedimentation)

Figure 3: The basic erosion process

Soil particles become detached when the erosive forces of wind, raindrop impact or flowing water exceed
the soils resistance to erosion. Soil erosion in the Auckland region is primarily caused by rainfall, which
initiates the detachment and transportation of sediment. Dislodged particles are transported down-
slope through runoff and conveyed to the receiving environment where sedimentation occurs once the
velocity of the runoff slows enough to allow the particles to fall out of suspension. Sedimentation is
dependent on the velocities and volume of runoff, the size and weight of particles, and the area available
for ponding. Some sediment is usually retained in the hollows and irregular surfaces across an earthworks
site. Other sediment may be retained within devices, and some residual sediment (usually clays) will
discharge into the receiving environment. The key to effective ESC is to understand these processes.

As noted, Auckland’s clays are difficult to retain on site once mobilised by erosion. This is because clay
particles are small and light, and have negative electrostatic charges which repel each other, such that
they do not naturally clump together to form heavier particles. For that reason, erosion control is a
fundamental practice in the Auckland region, and flocculation treatment is frequently required to cause
the clays particles to clump together. This process is detailed in Section F2.0 of Part 2 - Practices.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 16

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

B1.2 Types of erosion

The type of erosion that may occur on a site will depend on the different activities carried out on
site and the type of environment in which they occur. The main types of erosion associated with
land disturbing activities in the Auckland region are outlined in Table 1 below. Some of these erosion
processes are illustrated in Figure 4.

Figure 4: Types of erosion

Table 1: Types of erosion and their consequences

Type of erosion Definition Consequence
Splash erosion When a raindrop hits an exposed soil surface, the Splash erosion makes soil
soil aggregates are broken up and individual particles particles more vulnerable
are displaced both vertically and horizontally. to erosion by runoff and
increases the amount
If erosion occurs on a slope, gravity will cause these of sediment available to
particles to move down-slope. The potential for soil transport by runoff.
disturbance is increased during heavy rainfall due to
higher rainfall intensity.
Sheet erosion Sheet erosion is the uniform removal of soil in If not remediated it has
thin layers caused by rainfall impact and overland the potential to gradually
flow spread across the land surface. It occurs when remove the nutrients and
rainfall intensity exceeds the infiltration rate of a organic matter, and result
soil and the capacity of available surface detention. in loss of productivity
It can cover large areas of sloping land and can go on slopes, and elevated
unnoticed for some time. sediment concentrations in
receiving waters.

17 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION B – EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION IN THE AUCKLAND REGION

Type of erosion Definition Consequence

Rill erosion Rill erosion is the removal of soil by runoff moving The channelisation of the
in concentrated flows along channels. Rill erosion flow leads to greater energy
occurs when uniform sheet flows are broken up into flow which is able to
more concentrated flow paths. detach and transport larger
amounts of sediment.
Gully erosion Gully erosion is the removal of soils along deep Gullies are very difficult to
(>300 mm) channels. Gullies are often distinguished remediate and often require
from rills as being too large to step across. cut and fill earthworks.
They may develop rapidly
Gully erosion occurs when soil is removed by and develop a significant
forceful concentrated flows that form channels. amount of erosion,
The following processes contribute to gully erosion particularly in sandy or
in Auckland: pumiceous soils and poorly
compacted fill.
Waterfall erosion at the head of a gully
Channel erosion
Raindrop splash
Diffuse flow from the side of a gully or from
seepage
Slides or mass movement within the gully.
Tunnel erosion Tunnel erosion refers to the formation of long Eventually tunnels reach
cavities beneath the ground surface, whereby a point where the roof
subsurface soil has been removed by surface water collapses resulting in
while the surface soil remains intact. potholes and the formation
of erosion gullies.
Channel The erosion of stream channels results from the Channel erosion is
erosion conveyance of concentrated flows with high a significant source
velocities, which scour the channel boundaries. of sediment within
Channel erosion is a natural occurrence, but is watercourses and estuaries,
significantly accelerated by increased runoff from particularly those bounded
urban development. This leads to eroding stream by urban catchments.
banks and larger channels.
Mass Mass movement is the erosion of soil or rock by Mass movement can
movement gravity-induced collapse. It is commonly initiated cause major problems
by groundwater pressure following heavy rain, but on earthworks sites and
can also be caused by stream bank or earthworks lead to considerable
undercutting at the base of a slope. sedimentation.

Movement can both be rapid and near Geotechnical investigations

instantaneous (landslides, avalanches, debris flows) and design are required
or slow and intermittent (earthflows and slumps). to avoid mass movement
Mass movement is often noted following the during and after
removal of vegetation from critical slopes associated construction.
with land clearance.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 18

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Type of erosion Definition Consequence

Wind erosion Wind erosion is the process whereby soil particles Wind-blown sediments
are detached from the land surface and transported (dust) from earthworks sites
by wind. The effect of the process varies depending can be a significant form
on factors such as particle size and composition. of air pollution. Stabilising
There are three ways that soil moves due to wind: exposed surfaces is the
only long-term means of
Creep: larger particles that are not able to be
preventing wind erosion.
suspended may roll along the surface
Saltation: wind-blown particles skip or bounce
along the surface detaching more particles
where they land
Suspension: fine particles are detached by
saltation and lifted and carried away as dust.

B1.3 Factors influencing erosion

The primary factors that influence the amount of soil loss from earthworks sites are:
Weather
Topography
Soil characteristics
Ground cover
Duration of soil exposure
Rainfall intensity.
These factors should be considered during the initial planning stages of earthworks in order to
effectively control and reduce the amount of erosion that may occur on site.

B1.3.1 Weather
Weather is an important factor to consider when planning and implementing earthworks. Rainfall and wind
have the potential to initiate erosive processes and cause significant erosion and sedimentation issues.

Rainfall intensity, duration and frequency are the main factors that determine the volume of runoff at
a given site. The potential for soil particles to become detached and transported becomes greater as
these factors increase.

The Auckland region receives the most rainfall throughout the winter season (May – September), as indicated
in Figure 5. During this time, careful consideration should be taken when designing control measures to
accommodate increased volumes of rainfall. Auckland’s annual rainfall and temperature patterns are also
important factors to consider, as climate will determine the extent and growth rate of vegetation. As such,
revegetation of areas should be scheduled accordingly so that ground cover can establish.

19 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION B – EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION IN THE AUCKLAND REGION

While potential erosion is likely to be more significant during higher rainfall months, erosive processes
can occur at any time of the year and best practice erosion control must still be followed throughout
the year. High intensity rainfall events can result in significant erosion and can be experienced at any
time of the year, particularly in late summer and autumn. However, those types of event are less
frequent and the periods between such events are longer, which allows the ground to infiltrate (absorb)
more rainfall prior to runoff occurring.

Rainfall also varies spatially across the Auckland region. Further details on this spatial variation are
available in the design rainfall maps appended to TP108 – ‘Guidelines for Stormwater Runoff Modelling
in the Auckland Region’ (or its successor).

160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
Figure 5: Auckland mean monthly rainfall (mm) 1981-2010

B1.3.2 Topography
Slope length and slope angle are critical factors in determining erosion potential because they have a
significant role in determining the velocity of runoff. Increasing slope gradient increases potential flow
velocity. Increasing slope length increases the catchment area of the slope and thus, increases the
potential for flows to concentrate and the volume and velocity flows. As the slope of a site steepens
and lengthens, the potential for soil erosion increases, particularly rill and gully erosion. As flows
pass further down a slope, the potential for erosion increases. Therefore, the lower sections of slopes
typically experience more significant erosion that the upper sections.

B1.3.3 Soil characteristics

Soil erodibility refers to the susceptibility of soil particles to become detached by erosive forces.
It can be determined by the combination of soil characteristics listed in Table 2.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 20

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Table 2: Soil characteristics to consider

Soil Explanation
characteristic
Texture Soil texture refers to the particle sizes that make up a particular soil and their
relative proportions. The three major classes of soil particles are sand, silt and clay.
Soils that contain higher proportions of fine sand and silts are considered more
erodible. Erodibility decreases with clay content, as clay binds soil particles together.
However, while clay is more resistant to erosion, once eroded, it is far more difficult
to settle out and retain on site.
Organic Organic matter refers to the plant and animal litter component within soil. Organic
matter matter is primarily found within topsoil and can reduce runoff and erosion potential
content as it often improves soil structure and increases permeability, water holding
capacity and soil fertility.
Structure Soil structure refers to the arrangement of particles into aggregates, and includes
the size, shape and distribution of pores within and between the aggregate. When
soil is compacted, water tends to run off rather than infiltrate, increasing the
potential for erosion.
Soil Soil permeability refers to the ability of the soil to allow air and water to move
permeability through the soil. Soil porosity refers to the fraction of the total soil volume that is
and porosity taken up by pore space. Soils of high porosity generate less runoff than soils with a
low permeability. Organic matter and the associated biological activity in soils play
an important role in maintaining porosity.
Soil moisture During summer periods evaporation can lead to higher rates of wind erosion when
soil moisture is low. In those conditions, soil particles are less bound by moisture
and are more easily windborne, particularly when disturbed by construction vehicles
and machinery.

B1.3.4 Ground cover

Ground cover has an important role in controlling a site’s potential for erosion. Ground covers such
as vegetation and impervious surfaces provide protection from erosive forces of raindrops, wind and
flowing water.

On a vegetated site, the potential for erosion is greatly reduced as the ground cover provides instant
protection through reducing the impact of rainfall, dispersing flows, slowing down runoff and
maintaining the soil's ability to absorb water.

B1.3.5 Duration of soil exposure

The relevance of duration of soil exposure to potential erosion is complex, and relates to the frequency
and probability of rainfall events of various intensities and duration. In simple terms, the longer an
earthworks site is exposed, the greater the chance that it will be subject to rainfall. In Auckland,
working from May to September presents a higher likelihood of experiencing more frequent rainfall
and less opportunity for ground surfaces to dry between rainfall events, which in turn increases the
total amount of runoff that occurs in any given event.

21 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION B – EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION IN THE AUCKLAND REGION

Minimising the duration of works will generally minimise the number of rainfall events experienced
during a project. Staging works to minimise the area of ground exposed to erosion at any one time is
an appropriate measure to minimise the erosion potential of high intensity rainfall events. A balance is
always required between the overall duration of earthworks and the staging of works.

B1.4 Calculating sediment yield

The amount of sediment discharged from a catchment is the catchment’s sediment yield (generally
measured in tonnes/ hectare/year). The factors of rainfall, soil erodibility, slope, ground cover and
duration of soil exposure combine to influence the amount of sediment that may be generated from an
earthworks site and consequently, the amount of sediment that must be captured by sediment control
devices to adequately minimise adverse effects on the receiving environment.

It is the topography of a site and the area of bare earth that will most influence the sediment yield, and
thereby determine potential hotspots where ESC is required.

The scale of a sediment yield assessment needs to reflect the scale of the proposed earthworks. Careful
consideration should be given to the practical benefit of undertaking a sediment yield assessment and
if deemed necessary, the methodology to be used. Typically, the larger the earthworks proposed and
the higher the sensitivity of the receiving environment, the more beneficial a sediment yield assessment
will be.

B1.4.1 Potential calculation tools

The Universal Soil Loss Equation (USLE) is a tool that has been used in New Zealand to estimate the
potential annual soil loss on a slope based on rainfall pattern, soil type, topography, vegetation cover
and management practices. The USLE can help identify the scale of potential effects on receiving
environments, and the risk associated with those sedimentation effects. (Note: The USLE will not help
choose the most appropriate ESC practice(s) – it is only appropriate to identify those areas of a site
with a higher sediment generating potential.)

A more recent advance in the field of estimating sediment yield has been the introduction of computer
models. One such model used in recent large scale roading projects in the Auckland region has been the
Groundwater Loading Effects of Agricultural Management Systems (GLEAMS) model. This is a physically-
based model developed for continuous simulation of surface runoff and sediment losses on a field-scale.
The model inputs are similar to the USLE, including land cover, soil type and slope in conjunction with
a long-term climate record and other hydrological parameters. The GLEAMS model has been used to
predict sediment yields with and without the inclusion of sediment control. It can be used to predict
sediment yields for rainfall events with different recurrence intervals. The outputs assist in quantifying
the downstream ecological effects. Further details on the GLEAMS model are available here: http://tools.
envirolink.govt.nz/dsss/groundwater-loading-effects-of-agricultural-management-systems.

Other models include:

CLUES (Catchment Land Use for Environmental Sustainability), which can predict mean annual
farm, catchment and regional sediment yield
SEDNET, a model that constructs sediment and nutrient budgets for regional scale river networks.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 22

C Selecting and using the
erosion and sediment
control practices
SECTION B – EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION IN THE AUCKLAND REGION

C1.0 Selecting and using the ESC practices

C1.1 The ESC development process

This section assists in the selection of the most appropriate ESC measures for a given site, and the
development of an overall ESC Plan for the site. The process should follow the steps listed in Figure 6
below, in order to establish the management of the site from pre-start to completion of works.

Selecting the best management practice(s)

Design of controls

Construction and operation of controls

Decomissioning of controls

Figure 6: The ESC development process

C1.2 The treatment train approach

A ‘treatment train’ consists of multiple best management practices, operating in series and linked to
improve the overall efficiency of contaminant (including sediment) removal. ESC measures should link
functionally to form the treatment train as each measure has a specific role. This approach can be a
combination of structural (e.g. sediment retention ponds, perimeter controls) and non-structural
(e.g. earthwork season, staging) practices.

This treatment train approach should be considered during the early phases of project planning, and
followed through to the completion of the project. The following sections of this document detail how
to select the appropriate tools to ensure that this approach occurs.

C1.3 Selecting the best management practice(s)

ESCs are a suite of management practices that can be implemented to minimise the discharge of
sediment during land disturbing activities. This section outlines the key considerations and strategies
that should be used to determine the most appropriate ESCs for a site. It addresses how the key
principles should be implemented throughout a project from the initial site assessment stage through
to the implementation and decommissioning of controls. Figure 7 shows the three main steps involved
when choosing and implementing ESCs for a site.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 23

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

STEP 1: STEP 2: STEP 3:

Site Assessment Consider the Choose the ESC(s)
Construction
Methodology

Figure 7: Steps in selecting the best practice option

C1.3.1 Step 1: Site assessment

Best practice management should be considered in every environment and a minimum level of control
is required. There are, however, some particularly sensitive environments where additional controls
may also be required. It is important to carry out an initial assessment of the area to identify the
environmental values of, and risks to, the surrounding environment to determine if additional controls
are needed beyond the typical requirements.

A site assessment of the area is required at a catchment scale to determine the wider environmental
values and processes within the catchment that may influence the types of controls that can be used.
This assessment should address the following (as a minimum):

Land type, including:

−− Topography
−− Soil type
−− Hydrological patterns
−− Climatic conditions
−− Contamination
−− Groundcover
Sensitivity of the receiving environment
Community values and concerns.

During the site assessment, an assessment of the regulatory requirements should also be carried out to
determine whether the activity requires a resource consent. If the activity does require a consent, this
needs to be sought at the early stages of the project and should be done in consultation with Auckland
Council.

24 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION C – SELECTING
SECTIONAND
B – EROSION
USING THE
ANDEROSION
SEDIMENTATION
AND SEDIMENT
IN THECONTROL
AUCKLAND
PRACTICES
REGION

C1.3.2 Step 2: Consider the construction methodology

(for the overall development)
ESC should be considered during the initial development planning and detailed design stage of
the project. A key principle is to minimise the areal extent of earthworks, and therefore, the area
exposed to erosion and the generation of sediment discharges. Designers should be aware of the
environmental constraints and associated risks of their site and design the project accordingly. When
land development is matched to land sensitivity, areas prone to erosion can be avoided, reducing the
number and size of ESCs required. For example, careful route selection or location of access and building
platforms can result in a significant reduction in potential erosion and sediment discharge, with a
corresponding reduction in the risk of sedimentation within the receiving environment.

Once the design has been finalised, the construction methodology can further avoid or reduce the
need for ESCs through effective planning. The construction methodology outlines how the work will be
undertaken in accordance with the key principles listed in Section A2.0.

By incorporating these non-structural ESC principles in the first instance, the need for structural ESC
practices on site can be reduced. It is important to remember that preventing erosion is much more cost
efficient, easier to implement and more effective than capturing sediment within a site. The construction
methodology should address what types of practices are required and where they are to be located.

C1.3.3 Step 3: Choose the ESCs

Once a site assessment has been carried out and the construction methodology has been agreed, the
extent of ESC practices required should be clear.

The following four fundamental principles of ESC should be considered in the first instance to prevent
erosion, prior to selecting ESCs (refer Section A2.0):

Minimise disturbance
Stage construction
Protect steep slopes
Protect watercourses (and other sensitive features).

Once these key principles have been considered, suitable ESCs can be chosen for the site to manage any
potential erosion and sediment that cannot be avoided.

Practices that manage erosion should be addressed first, followed by practices used to manage
sediment discharge. Taking this approach will ensure that the number and size of sediment control
devices is minimised.

Figure 8 below is designed to help you to choose the best management practices for a site. While the
exact choice of ESCs will ultimately depend on individual site constraints, this flow chart acts as a guide
to recommend what control is generally most appropriate based on industry experience.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 25

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Key considerations – the treatment train Techniques + practices

Minimise area and duration of exposure

OVERALL SITE Non-structural approaches
MANAGEMENT / PLANNING (timing of earthworks, staging etc)
Monitoring and updates to ESC Plan
(refer Sections A2.0 + E1.0)

WATER MANAGEMENT CONTROLS

Clean and dirty water diversion channels
+ bunds (Sections E2.1 and E2.2)
MANAGE
CONCENTRATED Contour drains/cutoffs (Section E2.3)
FLOWS (RUNON Check dams (Section E2.4)
+ RUNOFF)* Pipe drop structures + flumes (Section
E2.5)
Stabilised entrance ways (Section E2.6)
EROSION Surface roughening (Section E2.7)
CONTROL

SOIL/SURFACE STABILISATION

STABILISE Top soiling + grass seeding (Section E3.1)

SURFACES Hydroseeding (Section E3.2)
Turfing (Section E3.3)
Mulching (Section E3.4)
Geotextiles and erosion control blankets
(Section E3.5)

SEDIMENT CONTROLS
Sediment retention ponds (Section F1.1)
SEDIMENT Decanting earth bunds (Section F1.2)
CONTROL
Silt fences (Section F1.3)
Super silt fences (Section F1.4)
Silt socks (Section F1.5)
Note: Runon = surface water flow or overland flow Stormwater inlet protection (Section F1.6)
into a site Coagulant and flocculant treatment
(Section F2.0)
Runoff = surface water flow (or overland flow)
that occurs when excess stormwater or other
See also Specific Activities (Section G)
sources of water flow over the earth’s surface

Figure 8: Process to select the best practice option(s) and develop an ESC Plan for development/construction

26 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION C – SELECTING AND USING THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

C1.4 Design of controls (preparing an ESC Plan)

The ESC Plan process described here outlines the process for a site that requires a resource consent;
however, the same principles should be considered for earthworks that comprise a permitted activity.

An ESC Plan has an important role in conveying the key principles of ESC to the contractor and where
necessary, Council. The plan needs to convey sufficient certainty to Council that the environmental
effects of the earthworks can be managed within an appropriate ‘envelope of effects’ for that location
and receiving environment, while providing flexibility for the contractor to modify their approach
based on the practical site constraints. This will typically require an iterative process where the plan is
refined based on discussions between the plan preparer, Council and the contractor. The plan needs to
be easily understood with commonly recognised symbols to denote the different practices to be used
(please refer to the recommended line types and symbols in Appendix D and the ESC site plan/drawing
examples, in Appendix E for further guidance).

The ESC Plan is ultimately the tool used to ensure that all the elements identified in the site assessment
and construction methodology are taken into consideration and managed accordingly.

An ESC management plan should include a site plan/drawing(s) in addition to diagrams, drawings,
earthworks (cut/fill) plans, and/or narrative that details the set of practices that will be used. Refer to
Appendix E for ESC site plan/drawing examples and recommended information to include.

For larger sites, the ESC management plan text should include the following (if not already shown on
the ESC site plan/drawing):

A site description including soil, slope (contours at an interval suitable for design), and total site area
A detailed programme of works which identifies:
−− Details of the construction period/dates/timeframes/methodologies
−− Details of any staging plans for disturbed areas
−− The area of disturbance at each stage, including consideration of progressive stabilisation
and minimisation of exposed soil
−− Length of exposed roads, tracks and trenches
−− Cut/fill volume details
−− Location and volume details of any stockpiles
−− Extent and type of vegetation to be removed or planted.
Drawings and description of ESC practices to be implemented
Details of the receiving environment that the project drains into and the pathways and distance
to these
The methodology for implementing these control measures (considering any staging of the works)
A programme detailing the frequency and methodology of any inspections, monitoring and
maintenance of measures (including checks proposed during rainfall events)
Emergency procedures to be implemented if there is an accidental untreated sediment discharge
to surface water.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 27

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

C1.5 Construction and operation of controls

ESCs must be implemented prior to other site earthworks commencing. It is important to communicate
the details of the ESC Plan with all relevant parties involved in the project. An appropriately experienced
person should be appointed to oversee the implementation of the plan in addition to monitoring and
maintenance of devices.

(Note: All perimeter controls and the main sediment retention devices must be installed prior to
significant earthworks commencing.)

The contractor should take the following steps on site to ensure the plan is implemented and
maintained in accordance with the key principles:

C1.5.1 Step 1: Define the work area in which earthworks are to occur
The limits of land disturbance should be clearly marked out on site with buffer zones to delineate areas
to be protected. A site access point should be identified that restricts vehicle movement to designated
tracks. (Note: This will most likely require specific measures to ensure this area does not become a
source of sediment.)

C1.5.2 Step 2: Implement perimeter erosion controls

All clean water diversions should be implemented first on site to minimise the site catchment. As-built
plans must be prepared for these devices to confirm compliance with the guideline requirements.

C1.5.3 Step 3: Implement primary sediment retention controls

The primary sediment retention controls should then be installed to capture and retain sediment
generated within the site. This includes practices such as sediment retention ponds, decanting earth
bunds, silt fences and outlet protection.

Subject to the scale of these devices, interim controls such as silt fences or super silt fences may be
appropriate to control runoff from these construction activities. As-built plans must be prepared for
these devices to confirm compliance with the guideline requirements.

C1.5.4 Step 4: Protect topsoil and manage stockpiles

If topsoil is to be removed and stored on site during works, it must be stabilised, especially if it is not
located within the perimeter controls. Stockpiles should be located away from water bodies and the
driplines of protected trees.

C1.5.5 Step 5: Progressively deploy internal ESCs

As works progress, the erosive potential of a site should be minimised through the fundamental
principles identified in Section A2.0. Sediment control measures need to be monitored and potentially
adjusted or relocated as works progress throughout the site. Where this occurs, the altered or new
device must be appropriately sized and as-built. (Note: For consented activities, such changes may
require sign-off from Council.)

28 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION C – SELECTING AND USING THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

C1.5.6 Step 6: Progressively stabilise the site as works progress

The area of disturbance should continue to be minimised throughout the project. Any areas which will
remain unworked for long periods of time, or any works that have been completed, should be stabilised
as soon as possible.

C1.5.7 Step 7: Set up and follow a management and monitoring system

Copies of the ESC Plan should be kept on site and updated with variations as they occur. Any specific
requirements of resource consents should be complied with throughout the lifetime of the project.
Unless otherwise specified in a resource consent, weekly monitoring of all control measures should
be carried out to ensure everything is operating correctly. Monitoring should also be undertaken
immediately before and after any significant rainfall.

Accumulated sediment should be cleaned out from most devices when they are 20% full (see Part 2 for
details of each practice). Accumulated sediment should be disposed of on site in a location that cannot
result in discharge from the site. If soil is contaminated, it should be managed appropriately and in
accordance with the NES for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health
(2011) (NES:CS).

C1.6 Decommissioning of controls

Once the site is permanently stabilised, the ESCs can be removed. Prior to removal, any sediment
within these controls should be disposed of appropriately and care should be taken to ensure it does
not discharge into any waterway or stormwater network. Any disturbed areas left by the controls
should be stabilised immediately.

(Note: For sites that require resource consent, removal of ESCs may require approval by Council.)

C1.7 Compliance
The ESC Plan and selected management practices will need to be implemented in compliance with the
permitted activity criteria or resource consent conditions.

In implementing the ESC, the following steps are also recommended to ensure compliance and
effective implementation:

A start-up meeting with the ESC Plan Identification of higher risk areas, e.g.
preparer, contractor and regulator (only for sites of known archaeological significance,
consented sites) contamination or other sensitivity such as
waahi tapu
Allocation of project roles and
responsibilities for ESC Implementation of accidental discovery
protocols if required
Implementation of a communications plan
for internal and external communications on Weekly and post-event monitoring of devices
ESC. Items in the plan may include a toolbox
Record keeping of compliance sheets.
meeting agenda item on ESC; complaints
procedures; details of who needs to be
communicated with, about what, when and
how; and key contact phone numbers

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 29

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

C1.8 Other considerations

C1.8.1 Sustainability
Sustainability principles are embedded within the purpose of the RMA (outlined in Section 5).
Ensuring that there is a focus on sustainability is of utmost importance when planning and executing
any land disturbance project.

The concept of sustainability rests on the three pillars of environmental protection, social development,
and economic development. These three pillars are inherently interconnected and significant benefits
can be achieved by considering the effects of a land disturbance activity on these aspects.

Land disturbance activities link industry, communities, and the environment. By adopting sustainable
principles from the outset of a project, many benefits can be achieved, including reduced costs,
community buy-in, environmental compliance and restoration.

Consideration should be given to the themes and opportunities detailed in Table 3.

Table 3: Sustainability considerations for ESC

Theme Opportunities
Governance Establish sustainability goals
Set sustainability priorities
Supply chain Prioritise locally sourced materials
Factor environmental and social costs into procurement processes
Ensure products are produced by companies whose values incorporate
sustainability
Materials Consider the lifespan, recyclability and reusability of materials
Design for deconstruction and disassembly
Where appropriate, utilise the landscape and existing materials on site
Waste Design out waste from project conception
Implement waste management plans
Adopt the waste hierarchy into resource management practices (reduce, reuse,
recycle)
Pursue zero waste
Plants / Avoid vegetation removal to the extent practical
biodiversity
Eco-source plants
Use culturally and socially acceptable plants for the site / area (particularly for
permanent landscaping)
Discharges Implement best management practices to avoid discharges to air, land and
water

30 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION C – SELECTING AND USING THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

Theme Opportunities
Energy Prioritise use of renewable energy
Adopt energy efficient practices
Water Measure water consumption and aim to minimise water use on site
Earthworks Take a minimal earthworks approach / low impact design
strategy
Stage construction
Community Foster stakeholder participation
Support local industry
Take into account Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED)
principles
Adopt best practice health and safety, including safety and design.

C1.8.2 Safety
The Health and Safety at Work Act 2015 (replacing the Health and Safety in Employment Act 1992 and
the Machinery Act 1950) requires a duty of care by those involved in ESC works to ensure that workers
and other persons are not exposed to health and safety risks arising from the work site.

Safety in Design (SiD) is an important consideration prior to the establishment of works. Designers
must be able to demonstrate that ESC solutions have considered mitigating the exposure of workers
and other persons to harm. Hazards and risks associated with the full lifecycle of the ESC solution
should be identified and adequate controls to eliminate or minimise the risks demonstrated. Designers
must also have appropriate training in, and understanding of, the purpose and technical standards of
ESC, as well as SiD principles.

Suppliers of ESC devices or material components also have a duty of care to ensure the goods supplied
do not expose workers or others to health and safety risks.

In accordance with Health and Safety at Work Act 2015, the contractor has a duty to ensure the
safety of all persons on and in the vicinity of the site. This includes the provision of a safe working
environment, safe plant, safe systems and appropriate training, supervision and monitoring. Earthworks
sites often require the contractor to establish and maintain a site-specific safety management plan
(SSMP). In addition to covering the general hazards on site, such as plant movement and buried utility
services, the SSMP should consider all health and safety aspects that are unique to ESC. These should
be communicated to all parties prior to work commencing.

Part 2 of this guideline identifies specific ways in which safety should be incorporated into different ESC
practices on a construction site.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 31

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

C1.8.3 Cost benefits of ESC

There are a number of benefits and cost savings of implementing good ESC management for the
lifecycle of a project. These include:

Enhanced credibility and reputation of both contractor and principal

Fewer public complaints with reduced potential for fines and/or litigation
Reduced compliance costs
Reduced water treatment costs
Protected site assets and reduced management costs
Reduced construction delays
Improved and protected recreational and aesthetic values
Avoidance of the cost of rectifying offsite effects, including time and physical works
Avoidance of Council enforcement and associated costs in lost time, legal advice and fines.

32 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION C – SELECTING AND USING THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

C1.8.4 Ancillary construction effects

While this guideline only considers the erosion and sedimentation effects of construction, there
are other effects that should be addressed when undertaking construction activities, including the
construction of ESC practices detailed in this guideline. These may include the following effects or
ancillary construction considerations:

Noise and vibration

Dust
Ecological
Heritage/cultural
Geotechnical
Contaminated land
Existing infrastructure
Social/economic.
Contaminated land can have a significant impact on how earthworks are carried out. When
undertaking a site assessment it is important to consider the history of the site to determine any
risk of soil contamination. Contaminated soil not only affects the environment, but also poses a
risk to human health. Project planners/designers should therefore consult the NES for Assessing
and Managing Contaminants to Protect Human Health (2011) and the relevant regional plans when
assessing regulatory requirements.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 33

2
Practices
SECTION D: SECTION E: SECTION F: SECTION G:
Overview of ESC Erosion control Sediment control Specific activities
practices practices practices
D Overview of ESC practices

(Source: Babingtons)
SECTION D - OVERVIEW OF ESC PRACTICES

D1.0 Overview of ESC Practices

D1.1 Scope of Part 2

This part of the guideline outlines the ESC practices for earthwork activities that reflect the evolution of
industry best practice and technological innovation. This part is split into four sections as follows:

Section D – Overview of ESC practices: summarises the scope of Part 2 of the guideline, the
practices included and the approach to new emerging practices/innovations
Section E – Erosion control practices: outlines best practice non-structural approaches to
erosion control, as well as water management controls and soil stabilisation practices
Section F – Sediment control practices: outlines sediment control practices that are considered
current best practice
Section G – Specific activities: explains what practices are most relevant for specific earthworks
activities, including dewatering, small sites, roads and utilities, works within a watercourse, works
within the CMA, quarrying and agriculture (farmtracking and general earthworks only).

For each practice detailed in Sections E and F:

Guidance is provided in relation to design; construction, operation and maintenance; and

decommissioning (where relevant)
The guideline is structured in such a way that the construction, operation, maintenance, and
decommissioning subsections for each practice can be printed separately from the design
subsections. This will enable contractors (or other users) to print out only the sections they need
to take on site.
Additional guidance for contractors on practices is provided in the construction quality checklists
in Appendix C. The purpose of these checklists is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of
construction quality for ESC practices. They are not intended as compliance or as-built checklists.

Recommended line types/symbols for example, ESC site plans/drawings are detailed in Appendix
D. Example ESC site plans/drawings are provided in Appendix E. These are intended to provide
guidance on what an ESC Plan should cover in terms of detail and content. Plans should always be
tailored to the specific project and site.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 34

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

D1.2 Current best practice methods and measures

The current best practice methods and measures covered in this part of the guideline include:

Erosion control practices (Section E):

−− Non-structural approaches (Section E1.0)
−− Water management controls (Section E2.0)
1. ‘Clean water’ diversion channels and bunds (Section E2.1)

2. ‘Dirty water’ diversion channels and bunds (Section E2.2)

3. Contour drains (cut-offs) (Section E2.3)

4. Check dams (Section E2.4)

5. Pipe drop structures and flumes (Section E2.5)

6. Stabilised entranceways (Section E2.6)

7. Surface roughening (Section E2.7).

−− Soil and surface stabilisation practices (Section E3.0):

1. Top soiling and grass seeding (Section E3.1)

2. Hydroseeding (Section E3.2)

3. Turfing (Section E3.3)

4. Mulching (Section E3.4)

5. Geotextiles and erosion control blankets (Section E3.5).

Sediment control practices (Section F):

−− Structural approaches (Section F1.0):
1. Sediment retention ponds (Section F1.1)

2. Decanting earth bunds (including T bars) (Section F1.2)

3. Silt fences (Section F1.3)

4. Super silt fences (Section F1.4)

5. Silt socks (Section F1.5)

6. Stormwater inlet protection (Section F1.6.).

−− Coagulant and flocculant treatment (Section F2.0).

Section G – Specific activities refers back to some of the above practices where relevant.

35 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION D - OVERVIEW OF ESC PRACTICES

D1.3 New emerging practices/innovations

This guideline includes a comprehensive selection of current best practice ESC measures that have
proven their effectiveness in the field. However, there continues to be ongoing development and
innovation of ESC measures.

Auckland Council will consider the use of new emerging ESC practices/innovations not explicitly
included in this guideline if the practice/innovation and performance can be demonstrated to be an
appropriate alternative in line with the principles of this guideline.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 36

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E Erosion control practices

37 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

This section focuses on erosion control and describes the non-structural (Section E1.0) and structural
(Sections E2.0 and E3.0) measures in accordance with the principles of erosion control outlined in
Section A2.0 of the guideline. Within this section, the control of erosion from an earthworks site has
been considered from two aspects:

1. Controlling the volume and rate of water runoff from within and external to a site
(water management controls)

2. Providing a protective cover against soil erosion using stabilisation methods

(soil stabilisation practices).

On any earthworks site, both of these techniques will be required. However, the choice of which erosion
control measure is used will depend on site-specific constraints and the project construction staging.
It is rare for only one practice to be used. It is more likely that more than one practice is needed to
achieve an appropriate level of erosion control.

Figure 9: Good example of staged construction and progressive stabilisation

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 37

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E1.0 Non-structural approaches

Non-structural approaches to erosion control are closely linked to the fundamental principles of ESC
detailed in Section A2.0 of this guideline (Part 1). The key principles (best practice management) of key
relevance to erosion control are reproduced here for ease of reference. These principles and concepts
provide guidance for ESC throughout the planning, construction and maintenance phases of a project.

E1.1 Minimise disturbance

The identification and retention of existing site
attributes should be incorporated into project designs
and earthworks should be minimised to the greatest
extent practicable.

Land development should be fitted to land sensitivity and

where possible, disturbance should avoid steeper slopes
and other features such as streams and wetlands.

For any development, the total area of earthworks should

be the minimum necessary to achieve the design outcome
(including temporary works). The area of earthworks Figure 10: Northern Motorway
exposed to erosion at any given time should also be construction site - minimising disturbance
minimised through staging and progressive stabilisation
(refer Figures 9 and 10).

All limits of disturbance should be shown on the ESC Plan. On site, limits of disturbance should be
clearly shown using fences, signs and flags.

E1.2 Stage construction

Carrying out bulk earthworks over the whole site
maximises the area of soil exposed and prone to
erosion. By exposing only those areas that are required
to be exposed for active earthworking at any one time,
the duration of exposure and risk of erosion/sediment
discharge can also be minimised. Erosion is limited
by applying ‘earthworks staging’, where the site has
earthworks undertaken in smaller units over time with
progressive revegetation.

Earthworks staging needs to be planned in conjunction

Figure 11: Flume installed to protect steep
with the overall construction sequencing to ensure that it slope
accommodates the contractor’s requirements. Temporary
stockpiles, access and utility service installation all need
to be planned.

Both earthworks staging and sequencing should be detailed in the ESC Plan.

38 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E1.3 Protect slopes

If slopes are worked and require stabilisation, simple vegetative covers like topsoiling and seeding may
be less effective and additional measures may be required.

Disturbance of existing slopes should be avoided wherever possible, particularly steep slopes which have
a higher risk of erosion. To minimise erosion, clean water runoff from above the site must be diverted
away from the exposed slopes (refer Figure 11).

Slopes should be highlighted on the ESC Plan, as well as limits of disturbance and any works and areas
requiring specific protection.

E1.4 Protect watercourses

Protection of watercourses is essential to avoid sediment
discharges similar to that shown in Figure 12.

Earthworks and the removal of vegetation beside or

within streams (including intermittent streams), wetlands
and the coast, typically require consents from Auckland
Council. The Council should be consulted on these
matters prior to finalising project designs.

All existing watercourses, proposed drainage patterns,

limits of disturbance and protection measures should
be mapped on the ESC Plan. In addition, all practices
to be used to protect new drainage channels should be Figure 12: Sediment discharge as a result
marked, as well as crossings, disturbances and associated of not protecting the watercourse
construction methods.

Further advice on works within a watercourse is provided

in Section G4.0.

E1.5 Stabilise exposed areas rapidly

Disturbed soils should be progressively stabilised with vegetation, mulch, grassing or other stabilising
methods after each earthworks stage and at specific milestones within stages (refer Figure 13).
Available stabilisation methods are site specific and are described further in Section E3.0.

Time limits for grass or mulch covers should be clearly defined in the ESC Plan, along with a
requirement for temporary cover in the case of severe erosion or poor germination.

8 Weeks Later

Figure 13: Rapid

stabilisation

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 39

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E1.6 Consider the timing of earthworks

Weather affects erosion potential both directly and indirectly. The direct relationship arises from the
action of rain. Rain is a driving force of erosion, where raindrops dislodge soil particles and runoff carries
the particles away. The annual pattern of rainfall and temperatures, by and large, determines the extent
and growth rate of vegetation.

The Auckland region receives about 1200 mm of rainfall annually, with average monthly rainfalls
greatest throughout the winter period. This significantly reduces the practical ability for earthworks to
be undertaken in this period. Hence, there is an earthworks season in Auckland from 1 October to 30
April. The dryer and warmer summer months are the best time to schedule bulk earthworks activities.

For specific high risk activities like streamworks, it is critical to undertake works during a period of
forecast fine conditions. Attention to a weekly and longer range forecast can assist in scheduling works
and preparing sites in advance of forecast rainfall events.

40 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E2.0 Water management controls –

for concentrated water flows

Control of water runoff or concentrated water flows is one of the most important erosion control
measures that can be done in a works area. Water runoff can either be ‘clean’ (i.e. devoid of sediment)
or ‘dirty’ (i.e. carrying sediment). In an ESC context, ‘clean water’ usually refers to water from above a
work site that has not run through the works area, and ‘dirty water’ usually refers to water that has run
through a works area and requires treatment prior to discharge.

Water management control practices help to reduce water velocities and contributing catchment areas,
with the overall aim of minimising sediment generation.

Guidance is provided below (Sections E2.1 to E2.7) on the common measures to control water runoff
on earthworks sites. Guidance for each control/measure is split into the following subsections:

Design
Construction, operation and maintenance
Decommissioning.

E2.1 ‘Clean water’ diversion channels and bunds

E2.1.1 Design

Definition
This practice comprises a non-erodible channel and/or
bund for the conveyance of clean water runoff that is
constructed for a specific design storm.

A bund comprises earth formed into an embankment to

hold back water. Hotmix diversion bunds are constructed
of hotmix directly on the impervious surface and are
often a replacement for a removed kerb and channel. Figure 14: Clean water diversion used to
isolate upper clean water flows from the
works area
Purpose
These measures are used primarily to intercept and convey runoff to stable outlets, ideally at non-
erosive velocities.

Clean water diversions (refer Figure 14) intercept clean water away from the works area. They minimise
the potential for erosion damage by reducing the volume of water flowing over the site. By reducing
this volume of water they also minimise the potential for sediment generation and the size of sediment
control device needed. Hotmix diversion bunds can be used to divert runoff from impervious surfaces,
which are typically motorway, roads, car parks or building platforms.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 41

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Conditions where practice applies

Clean water runoff diversion channels and bunds are mainly used in the following situations:

To divert clean runoff water from above the works site, and divert it to non-erodible outlet(s)
As a physical ‘perimeter boundary’ of an earthworks site to isolate the site and prevent clean
water entering the area.

Limitations
Clean water diversions have the following limitations:

The longitudinal gradients need to be less than 2%;

otherwise a channel lining will likely be required
All up-slope (clean water) diversions need a stable
outlet
They need to be sized and constructed for the
site conditions and should not be confused with
contour drains (refer Section E.2.3) Figure 15: Turfing scraped from within
the site to stabilise the perimeter bund.
In some examples (e.g. steep slopes and/or The perimeter bund provides both clean
unstable ground), specific geotechnical design will and dirty water control
be required to avoid failure of the diversion
Subsoils that are erodible and/or prone to piping
failures may be exposed along the invert of excavated diversions. If left unchecked, serious lower
slope stability problems may result
On steep slopes it is often difficult to construct a channel bank or drain with the required
channel capacity. The location of the clean water discharge point also needs to be considered
Access for maintenance can be difficult once construction activities have commenced.

Key design criteria

Runoff diversions are essentially channels that are typically constructed across a slope. This requires a
bund on the down-slope side to prevent flow from spilling out of the channel. Runoff diversions may
take the form of:

Drains, which are usually lined with an erosion-resistant material such as needle-punched fabric
Existing or new stormwater reticulation systems
A combination bank or bund with excavated up-slope channel
An earthen bank, which is often made from compacted and stabilised topsoil
(such as the perimeter bund in Figure 15)
Hotmix.

42 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

There are many designs for runoff diversions; however the following key aspects are required:

In choosing the location:

Determine the location of any diversion measures by considering the contributing catchment
area, outlet conditions, topography, land use, soil type, length of slope, seep planes (if seepage is
an issue) and the development layout
Where practicable, choose a route for structures that avoids trees, existing or proposed service
infrastructure, existing or proposed fence lines, and other natural or built features.

For design of up-slope clean water diversions:

Formally design diversions where catchments exceed 5 hectares (ha)

A standard clean water diversion arrangement may be used on sites below this threshold as
shown in Figure 16 below
Diversions must have sufficient capacity to carry the flow safely from a 5% annual exceedance
probability (AEP) storm, plus a freeboard of 300 mm
If the site is located within the 1% AEP floodplain, consider how any flood waters may be
managed, and any upstream and downstream impacts that may result
Include all calculations, design notes, drawings, etc. in the site erosion and sediment control plan
(ESC Plan)
All clean water diversions need to be stabilised with no exposed surfaces
Where design velocities exceed 1 m/sec a channel liner is required to prevent scour
Line exposed temporary diversions with a needle-punched geotextile fabric
Outlets from all up-slope diversions must discharge water so that the erosion hazard to down-
slope lands and waterways is no greater than that in the pre-development condition, up
to the design storm event
Include appropriate energy dissipation structures at the outlet of all diversions.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 43

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

In designing the cross-section:

The diversion channels should be parabolic or trapezoidal in shape

Ensure the internal sides of the bund associated with the diversions are no steeper than 3:1, and
the external sides no steeper than 2:1, as outlined in Figure 16 below.

Figure 16: Cross-section of clean water diversion

As hotmix bunds (refer Figure 17) are generally used to divert motorway and road runoff from
immediately adjacent work areas, these bunds are typically low, between 150-300 mm high and are
generally shaped to allow crossing by vehicles and avoid flooding of the motorway or road. These bunds
will direct runoff to a stabilised outlet, typically an existing or new stormwater inlet, catchpit manhole
or similar. In the absence of these inlets, the bunds often discharge into small (150 mm) flexible pipes
which convey the flows through the work area to suitable inlet devices. The capacity of these outlets is
limited, which may require frequent spacing. Hotmix bunds are not appropriate for large catchments.

Figure 17: Hotmix bund diverting the

motorway runoff to the catchpit

44 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E2.1.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

For construction and operation of diversion channels and bunds:

Plan and construct all perimeter diversion works as part of the initial site establishment/
development activities
Prioritise these works and install the most important up-slope control first
Define the route and survey it to achieve the correct gradient
Construct drains with a uniform grade along the invert, as sudden decreases may cause sediment
to accumulate causing the bank to be overtopped
Ensure the bunds associated with the diversions are well compacted, and stabilised. Assess the
risk of failure. If the consequences are high, specific geotechnical design may be required to
ensure the stability and integrity of the structure
Stabilise all diversion areas. One method is to carefully set aside and replace existing grass and
topsoil sods in the invert of the newly constructed drain, or over the newly constructed bund
(refer to Figure 15)
Monitor diversions for erosion. Subject to the soils on site it is likely that erosion control will be
needed where the gradients are greater than 2% or where the design velocities exceed 1 m/sec
Ensure the finished cross-section meets all design requirements
Provide an adequate outlet for each diversion. The outlet may be a stable channel (e.g. rip-
rap, geotextile), vegetated or paved area, stable watercourse or pipe outlet. In all cases, the
outlet must convey runoff to a point where outflow will not cause damage (erosion, flooding).
Vegetated outlets should be installed before diversion construction, to ensure establishment
of vegetative cover in the outlet channel.

Maintenance
Perimeter diversions require regular maintenance to ensure they keep functioning throughout their life.
Maintenance requirements should include:

Unless otherwise specified, inspect weekly and after every rainfall and during periods of
prolonged rainfall for scour and areas where diversions may breach. Repair immediately, if
required, to ensure that the design capacity is maintained
Remove any accumulated sediment deposited in the diversion channel where there is a risk of
overtopping due to a lack of freeboard
Check invert and outlets to ensure that these remain free from scour and erosion. These points
may require geotextile lining to avoid this effect
Look for low spots, areas of water ponding, formation of tunnel gullies, sediment deposition and
debris blockage
Check for stabilisation cover and ensure full stabilisation cover remains where required
Take particular care to protect against damage from earthmoving operations and reinstate the
diversion if damaged.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 45

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E2.1.3 Decommissioning
For decommissioning of diversion channels or bunds:

Remove diversions only when all disturbed areas below the clean water diversion have been
stabilised
Fill, compact and shape all disturbed areas to blend in with the finished landform
Stabilise all areas disturbed as part of the removal process; apply seed and fertiliser, protect with
mulch or erosion-control blankets if required.

46 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E2.2 ‘Dirty water’ diversion channels and bunds

E2.2.1 Design

Definition
This practice comprises a non-erodible channel and/or bund for the conveyance of dirty water that is
constructed for a specific design storm.

Purpose
Dirty water diversions convey sediment-laden water within the disturbed area and direct it to a
sediment retention device to enable it to be treated.

Conditions where practice applies

Dirty water diversions and bunds are used to divert sediment-laden water to an appropriate sediment
retention device (e.g. sediment retention pond or decanting earth bund – refer Section F). They are
typically located within or at the lowest extent of the disturbed area.

Limitations
Dirty water diversions have the following limitations:

Where longitudinal gradients are greater than 2%, stabilisation may be required to prevent
significant erosion
They need to be sized and constructed for the site conditions and should not be confused with
contour drains (refer section E.2.3)
In some examples (e.g. steep slopes and/or unstable ground), specific geotechnical design will
be required to avoid failure of the diversion
Subsoils that are erodible and/or prone to piping failures may be exposed along the invert
of excavated diversions. If left unchecked, serious lower slope stability problems may result
On steep slopes it is often difficult to construct a channel bank or drain with the required
channel capacity. The location of the sediment retention device (which the dirty water diversion
will flow into) also needs to be considered
Access for maintenance can be difficult once construction activities have commenced.

Key design criteria

Dirty water diversions are channels that are typically constructed across a slope (refer Figures 18 and
19). This requires a bund on the down-slope side to prevent flow from spilling out of the channel.
Runoff diversions may take the form of:

Drains, which can be lined with an erosion-resistant material such as needle-punched fabric
A combination bank or bund with excavated up-slope channel
An earthen bank, which is often made from compacted soil.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 47

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

There are many designs for runoff diversions; however the following key aspects are required:

In choosing the location:

For design of down-slope dirty water diversions:

Formally design diversions where catchments exceed 5 ha

A standard dirty water diversion arrangement may be used on sites below this threshold, as
shown in Figure 18 below
Diversions must have sufficient capacity to safely carry the flow from a 5% AEP storm, plus a
freeboard of 300 mm
Include all calculations, design notes, drawings, etc. in the Site ESC Plan
Diversion gradients greater than 2% may need to be lined to minimise erosion
On steep sites, construct a ‘drop out pit’ within the dirty water diversion (refer Figure 20) to allow
heavier sediment particles to drop out before they enter the sediment retention device, reducing
the load on the device. Drop out pits are approximately 500–1,000 mm deep and 1,000 mm wide.
They are easier to maintain and typically cheaper to desilt than desilting the sediment retention
device (refer to Figure 20)
Where design velocities exceed 1 m/sec a channel liner may be required to prevent erosion
Where practicable, ensure a uniform grade along the invert of the diversion. Increases in grade can
cause scour, while sudden decreases in grade may cause sediment to accumulate causing the drain
to overtop
Outlets from all diversions must discharge to an appropriate sediment control device for treatment.

Figure 18: Cross-section of a dirty water diversion

Figure 19: Dirty

water diversion
bund directing site
water to a sediment
retention pond
Figure 20:
Drop out pit

48 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E2.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

For construction and operation of dirty water diversion channels and bunds:

Plan and construct all dirty water diversion works as part of the initial site establishment/
development activities
Define the route and survey it to achieve the correct gradient
Construct drains with a uniform grade along the invert, as sudden decreases may cause sediment
to accumulate causing the bank to overtop
Ensure the bunds associated with the diversions are well compacted, and stabilised. In some
instances, this may require specific geotechnical design to ensure the stability and integrity of
the structure
Monitor diversions for erosion. Subject to the soils on site it is likely that erosion control will be
needed where the gradients are greater than 2% or where the design velocities exceed 1 m/sec
Ensure the finished cross-section meets all design requirements
Provide an adequate outlet for each diversion (i.e. dirty water to a sediment control device).

Maintenance
Dirty water diversions require regular maintenance to ensure they keep functioning throughout their life.
Maintenance requirements should include:

Inspect weekly and after every rainfall and during periods of prolonged rainfall for scour and
areas where diversions may breach. Repair immediately, if required, to ensure that the design
capacity is maintained
Remove any accumulated sediment deposited in the diversion channel where there is a risk
of overtopping due to a lack of freeboard
Check invert and outlets to ensure that these remain free from scour and erosion. These points
may require geotextile lining to avoid scour
Look for low spots, areas of water ponding, formation of tunnel gullies, sediment deposition
and debris blockage
Check for stabilisation cover and ensure full stabilisation cover remains where required
Perimeter diversions need particular care to protect against damage from earthmoving
operations and should be reinstated if damaged.

E2.2.3 Decommissioning
For decommissioning of diversion channels or bunds:

Remove diversions only when all disturbed areas above the dirty water diversion have been stabilised
Fill, compact and shape all disturbed areas to blend in with the finished landform
Stabilise all areas disturbed as part of the removal process; apply seed and fertiliser, protect with
mulch or erosion-control blankets if required.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 49

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E2.3 Contour drains (cut-offs)

E2.3.1 Design

Definition
Contour drains or cut-offs are temporary excavated channels or ridges, or a combination of both, that
are constructed across the contour of an area of land that has been disturbed by earthworks (see Figures
21 and 22).

Purpose
Contour drains are temporary in nature. They are often installed at the end of the day or when rain is
forecast, and removed while earthworks are being undertaken.

The purpose of a contour drain is to break overland flow that is draining down disturbed slopes, by
reducing the slope length, and thereby reducing the velocity and therefore, the erosive power of runoff.
The drain also diverts sediment-laden water to appropriate controls via stable outlets.

Conditions where practice applies

The practice of using contour drains should be promoted on all earthworks sites, especially where there are
large areas of exposed ground and long steep slopes. The specific scenarios for their application include:

To reduce the overall slope length of a contributing catchment by breaking up the work area into
smaller, more manageable zones so that the water velocities on these slopes are reduced, limiting
the erosion potential of the water. They should be used at mid to lower slopes on all exposed areas.
To assist with the diversion of dirty water flows towards sediment retention devices (e.g. a
sediment retention pond, or decanting earth bund). (Note: They do not perform the same
function as a dirty water diversion (refer Section E2.1), as they are more of a temporary feature.
Also, they are not sized for a specific rain event unlike dirty water diversions.)
To act as cut-offs on tracking activities to direct water into a stable watertable and/or outfall structure.

Contour drain

Figure 21: Contour drain

50 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Limitations
Contour drains have the following limitations:

They concentrate sheet flows, thereby increasing

erosion potential. This is of most concern on
steep slopes and in any vulnerable soils, such as
uncompacted fills and weak soils. As such, contour
drains must discharge to a suitable diversion
channel
They may not be an effective practice on very
steep slopes (>30%) unless they are very closely
spaced to achieve performance characteristics
Unless the right sizing and spacing of drains is Figure 22: Contour drain installed across
used, they have the potential to overtop during access track
high intensity rainfall events
Longitudinal contour drains with >2% grades will increase flow velocities and may promote erosion.
Therefore, steeper contour drains need to be lined to prevent scouring within the channel invert
Excessively flat contour drain grades mean sediment deposition is likely to occur, reducing
capacity and potentially resulting in overtopping of the structure
Due to their temporary nature, they may be a ‘weak link’ in the ESC Plan if they are installed too
late or not sized/spaced appropriately.

Key design criteria

Formal design of contour drains is generally not required due to their temporary nature. Although
commonly called contour drains, this term is misleading as the drains need to be constructed slightly
off the contour to ensure they drain appropriately.

The following design principles are critical to their effectiveness as an erosion control practice (also refer
Figure 23):

Minimum compacted bank height of 250 mm

Minimum total depth of 500 mm
Longitudinal gradients not to exceed 2% (otherwise lining may be required)
Broad enough to create a low-profile bank so that large earthworking machinery can safely cross
(If this is not achievable, a dedicated crossing using a removable culvert can be used.)
Parabolic or square shape profile preferred to avoid potential erosion typically associated with
“V” profiles
Must discharge to a diversion channel
Outlets may need to be lined with geotextile or other suitable material to prevent erosion
No individual drain should have more than 0.5 ha draining into it.

Indicative maximum catchment slope lengths are provided in Table 4 below.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 51

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Table 4: Contour drain spacing

Slope of site (%) Spacing (m) of contour drains

Less than 5% 50
5 – 10% 40
10 – 15% 30
15 - 30% 20

Specifications for contour drains are outlined in Figure 23 below.

Figure 23: Contour drain cross-section

52 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E2.3.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

For construction of contour drains:

Construct temporary contour drains across unprotected slopes within the working area at the
end of each day’s work, before site closedown or when rain is imminent
Carefully consider the spacing and set out – as these are the critical factors in constructing
effective contour drains. Start from an erosion proof outlet and work back
Where possible, break the work area up using a series of more or less evenly spaced blocks using
the slope length and spacing guide in Table 4
Keep the invert gradient around 2% and make the drain as short as possible
Avoid V-shaped drains created by a grader or bulldozer, as these can be a source of sediment.
Tyre roll the completed drain to limit this
Use an excavator or backhoe to construct a parabolic drain
Compact all earth windrows and banks by tracking with construction plant.

Maintenance
The key items to check as part of the regular inspection of contour drains include:

Repair or reinstate contour drains if damaged by machinery movement

Inspect contour drains during rainfall or storms and repair as necessary
Check the outfall for erosion and repair if required. It may be necessary to install a temporary
flume or provide geotextile.

E2.3.3 Decommissioning
There is no formal decommissioning process for contour drains. Earthworks will simply recommence
after the rainfall event.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 53

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E2.4 Check dams

E2.4.1 Design

Definition
Check dams are small dams made of rock rip-rap or other
non-erodible material constructed across a swale or
channel to act as grade control structures (refer Figure 24).

Purpose
Figure 24: Check dam
The purpose of a check dam is to reduce the velocity
of concentrated flows.

They are often placed in series down the channel (refer Figure 25) and used during construction to
reduce invert scour in drains or channels that will be reworked, filled, grassed or otherwise stabilised.

Check dams are not intended to be a sediment retention practice. The dams work by temporarily
ponding the water and releasing it at a more controlled rate, by overtopping the dam.

Conditions where practice applies

Check dams are placed within temporary swales or channels that, because of their short length of
service, may not be suitable for a non-erodible lining (e.g. geotextile), but still need some protection
to reduce erosion.

They are used in either temporary or permanent swales/channels that need protection during the
establishment of vegetative linings or other materials.

Limitations
Check dams have the following limitations:

The contributing catchments for a complete series of check dams should not exceed 1 ha for
slopes less than 10%
With contributing catchments with a greater area or slope than this, specific engineering design
is required
They may not be an effective practice on steep channel grades, as they would need to be closely
spaced to achieve the design criteria
Check dams are water control measures only. They are not intended for sediment trapping purposes
Channels will erode if the dams are spaced too far apart (especially on highly erodible soils)
Check dams can be time consuming to construct, especially on steep slopes where a greater
frequency of dams per unit length is required
They may not be a suitable option to provide erosion protection when highly erodible soils are prevalent
They should not be used within watercourses.

54 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Key design criteria

The following design criteria apply to check dams:

Temporary check dams are typically constructed of loose rock (rip-rap) or sandbags. Silt socks
can also be used in low gradient channels (refer Figure 28). However, it is critical that they are
constructed of competent material and do not themselves erode, or result in additional erosion
The check dams can either be constructed with a 450 mm centre height or a 600 mm centre
height. Table 5 is to be used to determine the spacing of check dams for channel slopes within
the indicated ranges. Specifications are outlined in Figure 27

Table 5: Positioning of check dams

Slope of site (%) Spacing (m) between dams Spacing (m) between dams
with a 450 mm centre height with a 600 mm centre height
Less than 2% 24 30
2 – 4% 12 15
4 – 7% 8 11
7 – 10% 5 6
>10% Unsuitable – use stabilised Unsuitable – use stabilised
channel or specific engineered channel or specific engineered
design design

The maximum height of a check dam depends on the depth of the drain into which it is being
placed. As a general rule, the centre height (spillway level) should be no higher than 600 mm
All check dams must incorporate a spillway to direct flows over the centre of the structure
(refer Figure 26) with the spillway elevation at least 150 mm to 200 mm lower than the crest
of the structure
To be effective, place check dams so that the toe of the upstream dam is at the same elevation
as the centre height (spillway level) of the downstream dam, with the spacing between dams
outlined in Figure 27
When used on highly erodible soils, check dams should be placed on a needle-punched geotextile
fabric to minimise the chance of water undermining the structure.

Figure 25: Check dams installed in series to act

as a permanent water velocity control measure

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 55

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Figure 26: Check dams installed with

a spillway to direct flows over the
centre of the structure. Sand bags
placed directly below spillway provide
a protective apron below the dam

Rock size to be 100mm to 300mm mix

Downstream face at a slope of 2:1

300mm minimum

Flow
Slope /
600mm maximum
450mm minimum

Spacing (see table)

Elevation
150-200mm minimum

Figure 27: Rock check dam Cross - section

56 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E2.4.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

For construction of check dams:

Confirm the spacing/location of the dams in relation to the gradient of the drain or existing
scour patterns
Start from the bottom and work up the drain or channel
Check that the invert of the drain or channel is stable above the top of the check dam
Construct the centre of the check dam 150-200 mm lower than the outside edges to form a well-
defined spillway
Verify the dam location and spillway depth with an automatic level or other suitable equipment
such as a 3 m straight edge and a spirit level
Use loose rocks or extend sandbags approximately 300-400 mm away from the downstream toe
of the dam to form a small protective apron below the spillway. This will armour the area below
the dam when water runs over the spillway
Place geotextile fabric beneath check dams constructed on erodible soils
Make sure that the fabric used for sandbags is UV resistant
Extend the toe of the fabric dams a least 1 m up-slope and then bury it in a 300 mm deep trench.

Maintenance
Key items to check as part of the regular inspection include:
Repair or reinstate the check dams if destroyed by machinery
movement
Inspect the check dams after rainfall or storms and repair as necessary
Check if water is outflanking the structures and look for scouring
around the edges of the check dams. If there is scouring, increase
the centre height (spillway height) and/or turn up the edges of
the structures
If scour is occurring between check dams then additional
structures may need to be provided
Check dams should be inspected for sediment accumulation after Figure 28: Silt socks can be
each significant rain event. Sediment should be removed when it used as a check structure on
a low gradient channel
reaches 40% of the original height or before this occurs.

E2.4.3 Decommissioning
For decommissioning of check dams:

Remove check dams when no longer needed, and where possible, salvage all materials for re-use in
future check dams or other works
Do not remove check dams that are protecting grass-lined channels until a complete and
sustainable cover has been achieved
Areas disturbed by the removal process must be seeded, fertilised and protected with surface
mulch or erosion-control matting if required.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 57

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E2.5 Pipe drop structures and flumes

E2.5.1 Design

Definition
A pipe drop structures or flume is a temporary pipe structure or constructed flume placed from the top
of a slope to the bottom of a slope (refer Figures 29 to 32).

Purpose
The purpose of the device is to convey a concentrated flow of either clean or dirty surface runoff down
a slope without causing erosion.

Conditions where practice applies

These measures should be used where concentrated flow of surface runoff is to be conveyed down a
slope steeper than 3:1 (H:V). In general, two types of devices are used (pipe drop structures or flumes),
as follows:

Pipe drop structures or flumes may be either temporary or permanent structures

Both pipe drop structures and flumes are commonly used in association with diversion channels
or bunds, which act to collect and direct surface runoff into the structure
Pipe drop structures or flumes may be used to divert flows down batters to the forebay of a
sediment retention pond and also at the final point of discharge into the receiving environment
Flumes may also be used to stabilise an actively eroding gully head.

Figure 29: Flume conveying clean water over the works area

58 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Limitations
The following limitations apply to this measure:

Severe erosion may result when the drains fail by overtopping, piping or pipe separation
Pipe drop structures are suitable up to a maximum catchment of 1 ha before specific engineering
design is required. Flumes may be used with contributing catchments of up to 5 ha (subject to
compliance with the design criteria within this guideline)
Damage to the pipe drop structure or flume may result from slippage or slumping caused by
unstable foundation material
Regular monitoring and maintenance is required to ensure that the structures are operating effectively.

Key design criteria

Temporary pipe drop structures or flumes may be fabricated from needle-punched geotextile fabric,
concrete, steel or plastic half-round pipes, rock, sandbags, lay-flat or construction ply. Any number of
products can be used, provided they can convey water safely over exposed soils or unstable slopes.

The following general design criteria are relevant:

Always use flumes/pipe drop structures where slopes are

steeper than 3:1 and where channelised surface runoff must
be conveyed down the slopes
The pipe drop structure or flume should be impervious and
must prevent water from flowing under the structure (see
Figures 30 and 31). For this reason, the use of a needle-
punched geotextile in this application would require careful
consideration and potentially two layers
The height of the runoff diversion channel or bund (when
measured from the invert) that is used to divert flows to the
pipe drop structure or flume must be at least 2 times the Figure 30: Geotextile lined flume
pipe diameter or 2 times the height of the flume
The inlet to the flume or pipe should include a 1 m long
stabilised entry apron (e.g. by using geotextiles as outlined
in Section E3.5) to minimise drawdown scour. This needs to
be on at least a 3% grade
The flume and pipe drop structure should be extended
beyond the toe of the slope being protected. The outfall
should be appropriately protected with an energy
dissipation device (e.g. geotextile, sand bags, rip-rap).
Design details are outlined in Figure 32.

Figure 31: Wooden flume lined

with impervious material

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 59

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Pipe drop structures

For pipe drop structures (refer Figure 32):

Table 6 provides guidance on the maximum catchment area draining into a pipe drop structure.
For catchments larger than 1 ha, specific engineering design will be required
The pipe drop structure should have:
−− A gradient no shallower than 3:1
−− An inlet bank (made of compacted material) or wing walls at the inlet of the pipe that are
a minimum of 2 times the height of the pipe drop structure
−− Adequate provision for securing the pipe drop structure to the slope. As a minimum, the
pipe drop structure is to be anchored every 4 m.

Table 6: Sizing criteria for pipe drop structures

Pipe diameter (mm) Maximum catchment area (ha)

150mm 0.05ha
300mm 0.20ha
450mm 0.60ha
600mm 1.00ha
Specific design required >1.00ha

60 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Runoff diversion
channel/bund min 500mm
compacted height

Shute min depth 300mm. Shute liner

is to be securely anchored in
position

Flume
.

Runoff diversion channel/bund

height is to be at least twice the Pipe drop structure Outlets to be stabilised
pipe diameter or twice the height
against erosion
of the flume

1 m um
im
min

1
min m
imu
m

Inlets to be stabilised against erosion using

impermeable getextile overlapped into the Runoff
inlet of the drop structure diversion
channel/bund

Figure 32: Pipe drop structure and Flumes

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 61

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Flumes

For flume structures:

Temporary flumes should be limited to the catchment areas outlined in Table 7.

Table 7: Sizing criteria for flumes

Catchment slope (%) Maximum catchment area (ha)

>18% 2.5ha
<18% 5.0ha

When contributing catchments exceed these thresholds, specific engineering design will be required
The temporary flumes must provide:
−− An effective flume width of 1.5 m per ha of contributing catchment area
(Note: ‘Effective width’ approximates to the surface width of shallow flow in the flume,
which will be marginally greater than the flume base width)
−− Gradient no shallower than 3:1
−− Minimum of 2x height of the flume of compacted material of inlet bank or wing walls at
the top of the flume
−− Minimum of 300mm deep cut-off trench at top of flume to avoid undercutting the fabric
−− Minimum of 300mm flume sidewall height (or flume depth)
Geotextiles have maximum flow rate limitations; consult the manufacturer for proper selection.

62 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E2.5.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Pipe drop structure construction and operation

A common cause of failure of pipe drop structures is water saturating the soil and seeping along the
pipe where it connects to the runoff diversion channel. To eliminate this type of failure, backfill and
compact properly around and under the pipe with stable material to achieve firm contact between the
pipe and the soil at all points (refer Figure 33). In addition:

Use rigid pipe material or flexible pipe material

Pin/secure the structure to the slope in the required position at least every 4 m. Use no less than
two anchors equally spaced along the length of the pipe
Ensure that all pipe connections are watertight.

Flume construction and operation

A common cause of failure of flumes is
outflanking of the entrance or scouring of the
invert of the flume. This can be prevented
by waterproofing the entrance of the flume
by trenching in an appropriate impervious
geotextile or plastic liner, so that all flows are
channelled directly into the flume. In addition:

Orientate flumes directly down-slope

Wherever practicable, construct the
Figure 33: Pipe drop structures conveying upper
flume on well compacted soils or water down an exposed slope
undisturbed soils
Ensure bund or wing walls are high
enough and shaped so as to direct water into the centre of the flume
Use compacted earth, sandbags or other measures as necessary to ensure water does not flow
past the entry
Provide a stabilised apron 1 m in width at the top of the flume (e.g. geotextile fabric), to
minimise drawdown scour as water accelerates down the flume
Ensure that the flume is deep enough to contain water
Work to a minimum 300 mm depth
Ensure that timber or other rigid construction flumes are adequately supported to ensure that
neither movement, nor settlement, result in separation of joints
Securely fasten two layers of fabric to the soil. Follow the manufacturer’s specifications, or pin the
fabric at 0.5 m intervals
Provide a velocity dissipation structure at the bottom of the flume, such as sand bags or loose
rock. Do not discharge water directly onto bare, unstable or erodible soils.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 63

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Maintenance
For maintenance of pipe drop structures and flumes:

Inspect the pipe drop structure or flume weekly and after each rain event and immediately carry
out any maintenance required
Keep the inlet open at all times
Check for evidence of water bypassing, undermining or overtopping the pipe drop structure or flume
Check for scour at the base of the pipe drop structure or flume, or in the receiving downstream
area. If eroded, repair damage and install additional energy dissipation measures
If downstream scour is occurring, it may be necessary to reduce flows being discharged into the
device unless other preventative measures are implemented
Extend the length of the pipe drop structure or flume as earthworks progress and repair and/or
modify the pipe drop structure or flume as required
Keep pipe drop structures or flumes in place until runoff has been controlled and all disturbed
areas have been stabilised, or until permanent stormwater systems have been commissioned
Make sure that the pipe drop structures or flumes do not result in ponding onto inappropriate
areas (e.g. active traffic lanes, material storage areas, etc.).

E2.5.3 Decommissioning
For decommissioning of pipe drop structures and flumes:

Keep pipe drop structures or flumes in place until runoff has been controlled and all disturbed
areas have been stabilised, or until permanent stormwater systems have been installed and
commissioned
Remove temporary pipe drop structure or flume materials and where possible, re-use and recycle
Stabilise all areas disturbed as part of the removal process. Apply seed and fertiliser and/or
protect the surface with mulch or erosion control blankets if required.

64 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E2.6 Stabilised entranceways

E2.6.1 Design

Definition
Stabilised entranceways are stabilised areas located at any entry or exit point of a construction site
(refer Figures 34 to 37).

Purpose
The purpose of a stabilised entranceway is to:

Prevent site access points becoming sources

of sediment
Assist in minimising dust generation and
disturbance of areas adjacent to the road
frontage by providing a defined entry and exit
point.
In some circumstances, a formal wheel wash or a
vibrating cattle-grate system (shaker ramps) may be
required to stop sediment being tracked off the site. A
stabilised entrance way is not designed to remove mud
or dirt from the wheels of vehicles exiting the site and Figure 34 Stabilised entranceway
these measures may need to be added to the entrance.

Conditions where practice applies

This practice should be used at all points of construction site entry and exit with a view to limit traffic
movements to these entrances only.

Where necessary, this practice may be installed in association with shaker ramps or wheel wash
facilities, as close as possible to the boundary of the works area.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 65

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Limitations
Stabilised entranceways have the following limitations:

Stabilised entranceways will reduce sediment movement, but will not remove sediment from a
vehicle. Care needs to be taken to implement other management techniques, such as wheel wash
or stabilised parking and turnaround areas within the site to maintain site traffic in a ‘clean’ state.
This will reduce the potential for vehicles to transport sediment onto road surfaces
The use of a wheel-wash system in association with a stabilised entranceway can be expensive,
but will provide higher efficiencies in terms of sediment removal
Site management of traffic (i.e. preventing vehicles becoming a source of sediment by creating
stabilised site parking, turnaround and laydown areas inside the site) is generally more cost
efficient and effective in preventing sediment being tracked offsite than a wheel wash
Stabilised entranceways should not be located in areas of concentrated flows, or next to
watercourses or stormwater catchpits.

Key design criteria

Formal design of stabilised entranceways is generally not required; although the following design
principles are required for them to be an effective practice:

Stabilised entranceways should be located at the permanent site entry/exit point

Locate all stabilised entrance ways so that vehicles cannot bypass these devices. Perimeter silt
fences or bunds may assist in achieving this requirement
Minimise the number of site exit points
Show the locations of all site exits points in the ESC Plan
Ensure the stabilised entrance drains back onto site. A speed hump can be used for this purpose
Consider the length of time the site entry/exit will be in place and the expected traffic volumes
and types. For projects with longer durations or large numbers of vehicle movements on and off
the site, it is often more cost efficient to seal the exits from the start of the project, rather than
manage the constant maintenance often associated with a site exit
Use the specifications in Table 8 and Figure 35 to design stabilised entranceways. Achieving the
specifications detailed below on a small site may be difficult. For small sites’ guidance refer to
section G2.0.

Table 8 Stabilised entranceway specifications

Design parameter Specification

Aggregate size 50 – 150 mm washed aggregate
Minimum thickness 150mm
Minimum length 10 m
Minimum width 4m

66 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

150mm minimum thickness Carriageway

Geotextile
Geotextile
Side elevation
Side elevation

Carriageway
10m
minimum

minimum
3m
minimum
4m

3m
minimum

Aggregate
minimum

(50-150mm washed)
3m

Plan view

Figure 35: Stabilised entranceway

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 67

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

A shaker ramp could be in the form of a series of

prefabricated “cattle stops” (refer Figures 36 and
37). When stabilised entranceways are used with
a shaker ramp, apply the following criteria:

Design shaker ramps a minimum of 5 m

long to allow at least one full revolution
of a truck tyre
Where using cattle stops, use two cattle
stops placed one in front of the other to
provide adequate length
Figure 36: Example of truck wash and shaker
Ensure the ‘teeth’ of the shaker ramp are ramp
deep enough so that material dropped from
one vehicle is not picked up by the next
Stabilise with rock the section of access
road between the shaker ramp and the
sealed pavement
Ensure the runoff from the shaker ramp area
and/or wheel-wash systems passes through
an appropriate sediment retention device
Note: Shaker ramps are only effective for
minor volumes of dry material. Where
the material to be removed is wet and or Figure 37: Example of shaker ramp
is located within the tyre treads, wheel
washing will typically be required to remove
this material.
When stabilised entranceways are used with a wheel wash, apply the following criteria:

Ensure that a water collection and disposal methodology (such as water recirculation) is provided
Direct wheel-wash runoff to an appropriate sediment retention facility within the site.

68 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E2.6.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

For construction and operation of stabilised entranceways:

Once a suitable location has been determined, clear the area of unsuitable material and grade
the base to a smooth finish
Place woven geotextile over this area and ensure this is appropriately pinned and overlapped
as necessary
Place aggregate from the construction site boundary extending for at least 10 m according to the
specifications (Figure 35) and contour the aggregate to suit the entrance point (Note: Contouring
can include a highpoint to act as a barrier to water flowing out of the site.)
Provide drainage from the stabilised entranceway to an appropriate discharge point (This may
require a sediment retention measure if a wheel wash is installed.)
Consider the length of time the site entry/exit will be in place and the expected traffic volumes
and types
For projects with longer durations or large number of vehicle movements on and off the site, it
is often more cost efficient to seal the exits at the commencement of works than to manage the
constant maintenance often associated with a site exit.

Maintenance
Key items to check as part of the regular inspection include:

Inspect weekly and after each rainfall event for general maintenance requirements
Maintain the stabilised entranceway in a condition to prevent sediment from leaving the construction
site (This may require several applications of new aggregate during the life of the practice.)
After each rainfall, inspect any structure used to trap runoff from the stabilised entranceway and
clean out as necessary
When wheel washing is also required, ensure this is done on an area stabilised with aggregate/
hotmix which drains to an approved sediment retention facility (Note: This sediment retention
device should be isolated from additional surface flows and/or be specifically designed to include
the additional flows from the wheel wash.)
Add further aggregate as necessary when mud blockage becomes evident or when aggregate
thickness is not to specification
Remove sediment from sealed pavements by sweeping or vacuuming as necessary
Do not wash any sediment into the stormwater system or any watercourse
Supplementary street sweeping on adjacent roads may still be required in association with
stabilised entranceways, at regular intervals.

E2.6.3 Decommissioning
In decommissioning stabilised entranceways, remove aggregate and geotextile, and stabilise the area.
Ensure that traffic is kept off the area until permanent stabilisation is effective.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 69

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E2.7 Surface roughening

E2.7.1 Design

Definition
Surface roughening refers to the practice of roughening the
surface of unstabilised (bare soil) earth surface; either with
horizontal grooves across the slope, or by tracking with
construction equipment (refer Figures 38 to 40).

Purpose
The purpose of surface roughening is to: Figure 38: Surface roughening with
bulldozer
Alter the construction surface soil profile to promote
infiltration and increase flowpath lengths. Surface roughening
is a technique that will change the roughness coefficient and therefore reduce the potential for
sediment generation
Help capture small quantities of sediment in the “hollows”
Break up hard or compacted surfaces by ripping or scarification before seeding for either
temporary or permanent revegetation programmes
Trap seed and provide moisture sinks in the furrows, enhancing the establishment of vegetation.

Conditions where practice applies

Surface roughening is a simple technique that should form part of any works methodology on slopes
that have the potential to generate sediment discharges.

Limitations
Surface roughening has the following limitations:

Surface roughening is a short-term measure to minimise erosion, and is not a form of stabilisation
Surface roughening will not generally provide a satisfactory level of erosion control during high-
intensity or long-duration rainfall events. Therefore, the technique cannot be relied on as the only
form of control. It will require other devices to assist with the control of sediment from the site
Ripping or scarification may allow water to enter dispersible soils or soils that are vulnerable to
tunnelling, thereby exacerbating erosion
Cut batters in highly erodible soils should not be roughened to the extent that scarification lines
are likely to collect water in channels or rills
Very dry, fine-textured soils should not be surface roughened, as they may be prone to
pulverisation, making them more susceptible to detachment and transport by either wind or water.

70 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Key design criteria

No formal design is necessary for the construction of surface roughening. However the following
principles apply:

Intercept water that flows onto the works area and divert it away from the area(s) to be
roughened prior to undertaking the works
Fill existing rills before roughening a batter face. Roughening must be done up and down the
face so it leaves a cleat mark across the contour, as shown in Figure 40
Track-walking must leave well-defined cleat impressions in the soil, parallel to the contour.
This is necessary in order for the creation of a series of mound and hollow features to act as
micro sediment traps
When track-walking topsoil material, take care not to over compact it so that the soil structure
is not destroyed for plant and seed germination.

Figure 39: Surface roughening of a slope. Note the hollows

acting as “micro” sediment traps

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 71

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E2.7.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

For construction of surface roughening:

Intercept up-slope runoff water and divert it away from the area(s) to be roughened
Fill existing rills before roughening or track walking a batter face
Undertake roughening up and down the face, so it leaves a cleat mark across the contour
For track-walking, make well-defined cleat impressions in the soil, parallel to the contour or
perpendicular to the slope (refer Figure 40)
When track-walking topsoil material, take care not to over compact it.

Dozer cleats create grooves

perpendicular to the slope
Slope

Figure 40: Surface roughening

Maintenance
To maintain surface roughening:

Periodically check the slopes for signs of erosion (rills and channels)
Rework and/or reseed the area as necessary.

E2.7.3 Decommissioning
There is no formal process for decommissioning surface roughening.

72 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E3.0 Soil and surface stabilisation practices

A stabilised site is one that is resistant

to erosion. Stabilisation is defined
as the application of measures, such
as vegetative or structural practices,
that will protect exposed soil and
prevent erosion. This section focuses
on temporary stabilisation for ESC
purposes. Wider and more permanent
geotechnical stabilisation may also
need to be considered.
Figure 41: Stabilisation via a combination of chip mulch,
Common stabilisation measures geotextile and aggregate
include spreading of aggregate,
grassing (with a full cover of grass), applying mulch/compost and the use of geotextiles (refer Figure 41).

Stabilisation techniques can be used as either a temporary or permanent measure against erosion.
Some measures can be used for instant stabilisation (e.g. geotextiles, aggregate, mulch), whereas other
measures (e.g. grassing) take longer before the area is appropriately protected against erosion.

In relation to geotextiles, there are many and varied types and products. These range from products
that physically shed water, to those that incorporate seed and mulch and support vegetation, while
protecting bare soil against erosion.

Where vegetation is used, the surface is considered stabilised once an 80% vegetative cover has been
established over the entire revegetated area. Vegetation is effective in reducing runoff and can minimise
the erosion potential of a construction site and reduce the need for structural practices. It is therefore
important to retain as much of the existing vegetation as possible by limiting the extent of works.

Details of measures used for stabilisation purposes are set out below in sections E3.1 to E3.5. They
comprise: topsoil and grassing, hydroseeding, mulching, turfing, and the use of geotextiles. A section on
dust control measures is also provided in Section G9.0. Guidance for each control/measure is split into
the following subsections:

Design
Construction, operation and maintenance.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 73

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E3.1 Topsoiling and grass seeding

E3.1.1 Design

Definition
Seeding involves the planting and establishment of quick growing
and/or perennial grass to provide temporary and/or permanent
stabilisation on exposed areas (refer Figure 42). The practice is
usually undertaken in conjunction with the placement of topsoil.

Purpose
Figure 42: Grass stabilised
The purpose of the practice is to provide either a short-term or earthworks site. Batter and
building platforms
long-term cover for erosion control on disturbed areas. Vegetation
protects exposed soils from raindrop impact, reduces runoff
velocity and volume and binds soil particles together.

Rapid-growing annual grass will provide a short-term cover. It is primarily used where project works are
still progressing but need temporary coverage (e.g. during winter shutdown period).

The use of perennial grasses will provide permanent erosion protection to disturbed areas following
completion of the earthworks activity. Ideally, permanent grassing should be undertaken progressively
throughout the project as areas are finalised and brought to final grade.

Topsoiling provides a suitable soil medium for vegetative growth for erosion control while providing
some protection of the subsoil layer and also increasing the absorption capacity of the soil.

Conditions where practice applies

The practice applies to any site where vegetation establishment is important for stabilisation or
landscape purposes.

Temporary and permanent seeding

Use this on short to medium-term stockpiles, the outside of pond embankments or diversion
bunds, on cut and fill slopes, access/haul road embankments and any other disturbed areas.
Used to establish vegetation and to protect bare earth. It may also be used on rough graded
areas that will not be disturbed again for 12 months or more.
The main difference between temporary and permanent seeding is that permanent seeding is
undertaken on completed sections of work. Additional differences are the seed type used and the
quality of surface preparation undertaken prior to seeding.

74 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Topsoiling

Topsoiling is not a stabilisation measure itself. It needs to be used in conjunction with temporary
or permanent seeding. Topsoil provides growth media for root development and biological
activities. It also has greater available water-holding capacity than clay subsoil layers
Topsoiling is recommended for sites where:
−− The texture and/or the organic component of the exposed subsoil or parent material
cannot produce adequate vegetative growth
−− The soil material is so shallow that the rooting zone is not deep enough to support plants
or furnish continuing supplies of moisture and plant nutrients
−− High quality vegetative cover is required to be established.

Limitations
Top soiling and grass seeding have the following limitations:

Establishing a protective vegetative sward (expanse of

grass) is difficult during periods of low rainfall or during
temperature extremes. Construction sequencing should
be developed to undertake topsoiling and seeding during
optimum periods for vegetation establishment
Seeds can wash away if not harrowed or held in place by
mulch or hydroseed
Grass seed that has not struck (refer Figures 43 and 44) can
be mobilised by intense rainfall and may require several Figure 43: Initial grass strike -
applications to achieve the appropriate stabilisation standard not stabilised

Topsoil alone is not considered stabilised and other erosion/

sediment control measures should be operational until there is an appropriate density of grass
strike (minimum 80% cover, refer Figure 45). Alternatively other stabilisation methods
(e.g. mulching) may be used
Achieving a protective vegetative sward will take a certain period of time depending on a number
of factors including soil types, seed types and weather conditions. This establishment period needs
to be considered in erosion and sediment control planning (generally 4-8 weeks).

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 75

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Key design criteria

Seedbed preparation

If the site has contaminated material, this should be fully

removed from the topsoil.
Topsoil should be applied at a minimum depth of 100 mm
to allow for a loose and friable surface.

Soil amendments

Apply fertiliser at the rate outlined in Table 9 of these

guidelines. Check with your fertiliser supplier before using.
For large sites or unusual soil conditions, soil testing may
be required, as some soils require the addition of lime to
improve pH and/or trace elements for grass growth.
Figure 44: Approximately 40-
60% grass strike - not stabilised
Seed application

Seed mixes will vary and a seeding contractor should be

consulted with before purchasing seed. Typical seed mixtures
are detailed in Table 9.
Apply seed uniformly across the site. If hydroseeding is
required, refer to Section E3.2. Traditional agricultural
techniques such as drill seeding, broadcast seeding, or
no tillage are appropriate for establishing grass on areas
flatter than 25%. Ensure the methodology achieves a good
seed-to-soil contact, thereby enhancing seed survival and
germination rates.
For small areas, hand-broadcasting and raking may also be
used to apply seed and fertiliser.
Use only fresh, certified seed with a high purity and
germination percentage from reputable suppliers that are
preferably local. Species selection must consider the project’s Figure 45: Approximately 90-
ecological context. If permanent seeding is required, be 100% grass strike - stabilised
mindful of the final landscape plans.
Apply establishment and maintenance fertiliser at the rate outlined in Table 9.
If irrigation is required, deliver a volume at least equal to the evapotranspiration rate and
continue until natural rainfall provides the necessary soil moisture levels for plant survival.
Ensure that the site conditions and time of the year are appropriate for germination and
vegetation establishment, prior to undertaking this activity. This may involve the placement
of mulch and/or irrigation.

76 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

In order to maximise germination and growth rates, the preferred seeding windows for both
temporary and permanent grassing are autumn and spring. With the use of mulch or geotextiles
to maintain soil temperatures, or irrigation to supply moisture, grassing may be done throughout
the year.
Mulching, as outlined in Section E3.4, should be undertaken in conjunction with the seeding
programme during dry or cold periods. This will protect both the seed and the soil, whilst also
providing a better microclimate for the germination and growth of grass.
A minimum 80% ground cover over the entire subject area is considered a stabilised surface.
The above photos provide examples of various grass strike densities.

Table 9: Typical seed and fertiliser application rates

Typical seed mix Application rate

Temporary seeding Annual Ryegrass 100-250 kg/ha
Permanent seeding Perennial Ryegrass – 70% 200-400 kg/ha

Fescues/Cocksfoot – 20%

Clover/Lotus – 5%

Browntop – 5%
Fertiliser application N:P:K (15:10:10) 200-800 kg/ha
Maintenance fertiliser N:P:K (15:10:10) and Urea As required

Note: In all circumstances ensure that the seed and fertiliser application rates and mix is appropriate for your
site. Always discuss with your seed and fertiliser supplier prior to utilisation.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 77

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E3.1.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

It is important to prepare a good seedbed to ensure
the success of establishing vegetation. The seedbed
should be loose, uniform and free of large clods
and other objectionable material. The soil surface
should not be compacted or crusted.

Topsoil is a valuable resource. When placing

topsoil in stockpiles, ensure that it is isolated Figure 46: Loss of topsoil and grass seed after
by the up-slope diversion of clean water runoff, heavy rain event. Will require stabilisation and
is stabilised appropriately, and is not stored in reapplication
stockpiles greater than 3 m in height to maintain
soil structure and integrity.

Maintenance
Check the condition of the topsoil on a regular basis and re-grade and/or replace where necessary.
Always maintain the 100 mm minimum depth of topsoil and appropriate surface roughening.
Heavy rainfall can wash new seeding away before full establishment of the grass (refer Figure 46).
This is particularly evident on smoother hard surfaces, steep slopes and overland flow paths.
Where vegetation establishment is unsatisfactory, the area will require a reapplication of seed or
consideration will need to be given to other stabilisation techniques.
Apply additional fertiliser dosing at the ratio of 15:10:10 (N:P:K) approximately 6 to 12 weeks
after seeding, or as required.
Protect all re-vegetated areas from construction traffic and other activities such as the
installation of drainage lines and utility services. If required, erect temporary barrier fencing and/
or signage to restrict uncontrolled movement of equipment and vehicles onto grassed areas.

78 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E3.2 Hydroseeding

E3.2.1 Design

Definition
Hydroseeding is the application of seed, fertiliser and paper
or wood pulp with water in the form of a slurry, which is
sprayed over an area to provide for re-vegetation.

Purpose
The purpose of hydroseeding is to:

1. Establish grass and other vegetation on steep and/or

inaccessible areas
Figure 47: Specialist application of
2. Establish grass and other vegetation on surfaces with no hydroseed
or minimal topsoil.

The technique is designed to quickly establish vegetation. Hydroseeding is not considered instant
stabilisation; although the practice will provide limited protection from raindrop impact for a short
time until the grass is established.

Conditions where practice applies

This practice applies to any site where vegetation establishment is important for stabilisation or
landscape purposes. Typically it is used on:

Critical areas such as steep slopes or batters and exposed areas near watercourses that require
a more rapid germination and stabilisation than conventional hand seeding
Areas that may be difficult to establish by conventional sowing methods (e.g. steep
embankments and areas with difficult access)
Around or on runoff diversion channels/bunds, where rapid establishment of a protective
vegetation cover is required before introducing water flow.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 79

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Limitations
Hydroseeding has the following limitations:

Hydroseeding requires specialised equipment

to apply (refer Figure 47). As a result, there
is a reliance on experienced contractors and
local knowledge to ensure that the seed mix is
appropriate for the site and conditions
In the period during the winter stabilisation
programme, the availability of hydroseeding
contractors may be an issue. It is recommended
that you plan your programme and confirm
Figure 48: Sportsfield being hydroseeded.
these contractors well ahead of time
Sediment control remains installed until an
The newly established hydroseed can be 80% grass strike has established
mobilised by intense rainfall
Until the vegetation has established, a
hydroseeded area is not considered a stabilised surface (refer Figures 48 to 50)
Hydroseeding does not negate the need to water grassed areas. This watering needs to be
carefully undertaken to avoid washing away the hydroseed.

Key design criteria

There are various hydroseed mixes that use soil ameliorants (substances that aid plant growth),
paper or wood pulp. In some circumstances, a binder is used to help seeds adhere to the soil surface.
Hydroseed mixes will vary greatly depending on the site-specific conditions and the outcome required.
Consultation with a hydroseeding contractor will be required to determine the seed mixes and
application rates to achieve the required outcomes.

Where hydro seeding is used as an erosion control measure, the area of coverage is not considered
stabilised until an 80% density of grass cover has been established.

80 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E3.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

Consult with a hydroseeding contractor to ensure correct application.

Maintenance
Heavy rainfall can wash new
hydroseeding away before vegetation
is fully established. This is particularly
evident on smoother hard surfaces
and overland flow paths. Where
vegetation establishment is
unsatisfactory, the area will require
a reapplication of hydroseed, or
consideration will need to be given
to other stabilisation techniques
Apply additional fertiliser dosing
at the ratio of 15:10:10 (N:P:K) Figure 49: Recently applied hydroseed on a stormwater
approximately 6 to 12 weeks after wetland
initial hydroseeding or as required
Water hydroseeded areas as necessary
to promote growth, taking care to
avoid washing the hydroseed away
Protect all re-vegetated areas from
construction traffic and other
activities such as the installation
of drainage and utility services.

Figure 50: Same wetland one week later, grass starting

to take well

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 81

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E3.3 Turfing

E3.3.1 Design

Definition
Turfing is the establishment and permanent stabilisation of disturbed areas by laying a continuous cover
of grass turf (refer Figures 51 to 52).

Purpose
The purpose of the practice is to:

Provide rapid stabilisation by the placement of vegetative cover to stabilise exposed areas
Establish a vegetative filter or buffer along footpaths, driveways, kerbs, swales and channels.
The practice provides instant results from a visual and erosion control perspective.

Conditions where practice applies

This practice is typically only used for:

Critical erosion prone areas on the site that cannot be stabilised by conventional sowing or other
stabilisation methods
Runoff diversion channels and other areas of concentrated flow where velocities will not exceed
the specifications for a grass lining
Areas around grass stormwater inlets, swales, embankments, road berms and other areas that
require immediate grass cover for landscaping purposes.

Limitations
Turfing can be a relatively expensive option to achieve a stabilised surface. However, it has the dual
advantage of providing erosion control and landscaping of a feature.

Figure 51: Turf being placed adjacent to a stabilised swale

82 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Key design criteria

There are no specific design criteria for turfing; however the following principles should be applied.

Care needs to be taken to ensure that flow velocities travelling over the turfed area will not cause
erosion or undercut the turf. In these circumstances, which often relate to steeper areas, turf reinforced
with geotextiles should be considered. Refer to manufacturers specifications for flow velocities
applicable for the various geotextiles.

Additionally, the type of turf utilised needs to be suitable to the ground conditions and final use.

Figure 52: Turf used to provide instant stabilisation of the swale allowing for the early commissioning
of the device

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 83

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E3.3.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

It is important to prepare a good base to ensure the success of turf. The base should be loose, uniform
and free of large clods and other objectionable material. If turfing is placed during periods of high
temperature, it must be irrigated immediately prior. Lay turf on the contour; never up and down the
slope. Start at the bottom and work up slope. Butt joints tightly and do not stretch or overlap.

For slopes steeper than 3:1, secure turf to ground with pegs or other means. Roll and tamp turf
immediately to ensure solid contact with ground.

Maintenance
For maintenance of turfing:

Water daily during the first week of laying the turf, unless there is adequate rainfall. Continue
watering as appropriate to maintain good growth until fully established
Check to ensure that the turf is firmly rooted to the original ground surface. Do not mow the
area until the turf is firmly rooted
Apply fertiliser as required in accordance with supplier’s specifications.

84 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E3.4 Mulching

E3.4.1 Design

Definition
Mulching is the application of a protective
layer of straw or other suitable material to
the soil surface (refer Figures 53 to 55).
Figure 53: Specialist application of hay mulch
Purpose
Primarily, mulching is used as a rapid stabilisation technique to protect the soil surface from the forces
of raindrop impact.

Mulch also helps to conserve moisture, retain warmth, reduce runoff and erosion, prevent soil crusting
and promote the establishment of desired vegetation.

Mulching for erosion control purposes is usually a short to medium-term treatment. It can be used as
a stand-alone surface cover or in conjunction with a seed and fertiliser grassing programme.

Although straw (wheat or barley) and hay are the commonly used materials, mulching can also include
the application of bark, wood residue and wood pulp spread over the surface of disturbed ground.

Conditions where practice applies

Mulching can be used anytime where protection of the soil surface is desired; although the following
conditions are applicable:

Where it is critical to achieve an immediate stabilised surface cover and to maintain this cover
for the short to medium term (3 – 5 months). This includes stabilisation of areas that have not
been worked for a period of time, but are proposed to be worked in the future
Where a warmer microclimate is required to maintain soil temperatures, and soil temperature
fluctuations need to be avoided. In turn this provides appropriate conditions for seed
germination and establishment of vegetation at most times of the year.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 85

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Limitations
The following limitations apply to mulching:

Mulching requires specialised equipment for large areas to enable uniform coverage. Hand
mulching can occur on smaller areas
Both hay and straw mulch have limited periods of effectiveness. In general, hay will last for 3
months and straw mulch up to 5 months before these materials become part of the soil matrix
and effective cover is lost
Mulching may introduce weed species. In some circumstances it may not be an appropriate
measure for the site. Care needs to be taken to ensure that weed infestation of the mulched area
does not create a future issue
In the period during the winter stabilisation programme, the availability of mulching contractors
may be an issue. It is recommended that you plan your mulching programme and confirm
mulching contractors well ahead of time
Hay or straw mulch can be dislodged by intense rainfall or very high winds
Mulch is not an appropriate cover in areas of concentrated flow paths or in stream channel
systems. Care is needed to ensure the mulch does not block flocculant treatment devices or
interrupt the operation of decants in ponds
The application of hay or straw mulch by blowing may not be practical next to motorways
or other high traffic areas and adjoining residential areas. The potential limitations of this
application should be considered in overall erosion and sediment control planning.

Figure 54: Hydromulch application Figure 55: Hydrohay as applied

86 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Key design criteria

Rates for the application of mulch materials will vary. Consultation with mulching contractors will be
required.

To be regarded as a stabilised area, the mulch product must provide a complete cover of the area.
The typical rates of application generally expected are as follows:

Straw or hay mulch must be unrotted material and applied at a rate that provides a completed
cover of the soil surface. This is typically in the order of 4,000- 6,000 kg/ha. Mulch material
should be relatively free of weeds and not contain noxious weed species. A list of noxious weeds
can be obtained from Auckland Council
Hydromulch applications must contain a minimum of 80% virgin or recycled wood and be
applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. The application rate will range from
2,200 - 2,800 kg/ha depending on the slope gradient. The coverage should not exceed slope
lengths greater than 150 m
Wood chip (refer Figure 56) can be applied at rates of around 10,000 - 13,000 kg/ha. Bark mulch
is generally slow to deteriorate but can affect soil nitrogen levels, making it unavailable to plants.
It can also result in leaching of saps and tannins, causing a change in pH. Care needs to be taken,
therefore, when applying wood chip adjacent to watercourses and on steeper slopes
If site conditions result in difficulties with the mulch material remaining on site (e.g. during windy
conditions), the mulch will need to be anchored. Forms of anchoring comprise:
−− Crimping: Using a tractor drawn implement designed to punch and anchor mulch into the
top 50 mm of the soil profile. On sloping land, crimping should be done on the contour
whenever possible. (Note: Standard agricultural disks used for soil drying are not suitable
for crimping; nor is crimping suitable on soft soils)
−− Binders or tackifiers: These can be applied directly as the mulch is distributed, at an
application rate that matches the manufacturer’s specifications for that specific binder.

Figure 56: Woodchip to stabilise the finished batter slope

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 87

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

E3.4.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

Stockpiles of woodchip need to be carefully managed to reduce the risk of spontaneous combustion.
Turn stockpiles over periodically to reduce the risk of heating occurring. In addition, the discharge of
tannins from the decomposition of woodchip should be addressed, as this can affect water quality.

Woodchip should be carefully managed around watercourses to avoid potential discharge.

Maintenance
Inspect mulch after each rainfall event or periods of excessively strong winds, replace any areas of
damaged cover.

Construction equipment can disturb the stabilised areas. This may require the erection of temporary
barrier fencing and/or signage to restrict movement of equipment and vehicles onto mulched areas.

To be regarded as stabilised, 100% surface cover must be maintained and a reapplication will be
required when the integrity and/or surface density has declined.

88 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E3.5 Geotextiles and erosion control blankets

E3.5.1 Design

Definition
This practice involves the placement of
geotextiles, mats, plastic covers or erosion
control blankets to stabilise disturbed soil
areas and protect soils from erosion by wind or
water (refer Figures 57 to 59). In this context,
geotextiles are permeable fabrics which, when
used in association with soil, have the ability
to stabilise and protect.
Figure 57: Geotextile used to temporarily stabilise
the batter face
Purpose
The purpose of the practice is to instantly reduce the erosion potential of the disturbed areas and/or
reduce or eliminate erosion on critical sites.

The practice may be used as a permanent or temporary measure to control erosion.

Conditions where practice applies

These measures are used when disturbed soils may be particularly difficult to stabilise, including the
following situations:

In critical erosion-prone areas such as sediment retention pond outlets and inlet points
In channels (both perennial and ephemeral) where the design flow produces tractive shear forces
greater than what existing soils can withstand, which leads to erosion of the soil surface
In areas on a temporary basis where there is inadequate space to install sediment controls
In areas that may be slow to establish an adequate permanent vegetative cover (In this
situation, the geotextile provides an early protective layer and assists in maintaining a higher
soil temperature.)
On short steep slopes, on batters, or stockpiles during periods of inactivity on the site
In situations where tensile and shear strength characteristics of conventional mulches limit their
effectiveness, such as high runoff velocities and overland flow paths
In areas where the downstream environment is of high value and rapid stabilisation is required.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 89

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Limitations
The practice has the following limitations:

Blankets and mats are generally not suitable for excessively rocky sites
If used in areas where the final vegetation will be mowed, the product must be 100%
biodegradable, including the pins, to prevent issues with mowing in the future
Temporary blankets and mats must be removed and disposed of prior to application of
permanent soil stabilisation measures
Geotextiles do not generally provide the same level of benefit to soil quality as many of the
traditional mulches like straw mulch. Most geotextiles have a limited working life of generally
no more than 9 to 12 months, and some materials may be prone to UV degradation
Some geotextiles may contain a fine synthetic mesh or netting that can pose a threat to an
aquatic species when used for stream channel and bank stabilisation
The use of plastic should be limited to covering stockpiles, or very small graded areas for short
periods of time, until alternative measures such as seeding and mulching are installed
Geotextiles, mats, plastic covers and erosion control covers have maximum flow rate limitations;
consult the manufacturer for proper selection
Geotextiles can shift if installed incorrectly and need to be carefully placed with both pinning and
wrapping to secure edging.

Key design criteria

The use of geotextile is typically categorised into temporary biodegradable geotextiles and permanent
non-biodegradable geotextiles. The exception to this is plastic covers, which are a temporary, non-
biodegradable measure for stockpile covering, as noted above.

Erosion control batter blankets are a specific group of proprietary rolled erosion control products,
commonly made from biodegradable materials. They provide an instant, short to medium-term protective
cover of the soil surface, shielding it from the erosive forces of wind, raindrop impact and sheet flows, until
a vegetative cover can be established or an alternative stabilisation methodology is used.

In all circumstances, refer to the product information sheets supplied by the manufacturer, for specific
construction specifications.

In general, the minimum requirements for the various measures are as follows:

Nonwoven geotextiles

Nonwoven geotextiles are used as a general temporary erosion control measure. They are useful for
preventing raindrop erosion and scour from minor flows. Typical examples of their use include bund
stabilisation, batter stabilisation, stockpile stabilisation, and low velocity channel stabilisation.

The main advantage of nonwoven geotextiles is their ability to cling to the exposed surface. Their main
disadvantage is their relative low strength. Where a high strength geotextile is needed (for instance in
high flows), a woven geotextile should be used (refer below).

90 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Woven geotextiles

A woven geotextile is used in high flow situations such as channels and flumes. For these materials:

Material should be a woven polypropylene fabric with minimum thickness of 0.4 mm; minimum
width of 3,700 mm and minimum tensile strength of 0.67 kN in conformance with the
requirements of ASTM Designation: D4632
The permittivity of the fabric should be approximately 0.2 s-1 in conformance with the
requirements of ASTM Designation: D4491
The UV Resistance @ 500 Hrs should be not less than 70% in conformance with the
requirements of ASTM Designation: D4355
Correct use/installation of geotextiles is critical to achieving the desired outcome of erosion control
Geotextiles should be secured in place with ground staples, pins or sandbags and keyed into the
tops of slopes and edges to prevent infiltration of surface water under the geotextile
Specifications for installation are outlined in Figures 58 and 59. Particular care is needed to
overlap and pin geotextiles in place
In all circumstances, pin geotextiles down on a 500 mm (min) grid. This is critical to ensure an
appropriate number of contact points with the underlying soil. It will also prevent wind from
lifting the geotextile from the slope it is protecting
Ensure that pins are suitable for the geotextile and soil type.

Plastic covers

Plastic covers are used where there is a need to prevent any water from penetrating into the
material covered. For example, contaminated stockpiles, or stockpiles of material for reuse
Plastic sheeting should have a minimum thickness of 0.25 mm. It should be keyed in at the top of
the slope and firmly held in place with sandbags or other weights placed no more than 3 m apart
Seams are typically taped or weighted down their entire length with at least a 300-600 mm
overlap of all seams
Edges should be embedded a minimum of 150 mm into the soil.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 91

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

150mm
minimum
overlap
1m
minimum
1m minimum overlap 150mm
at the end of a roll minimum
overlap
1m
1.5m maximum
minimum
1m minimum overlap
at the end of a roll
Anchor type is to be to the manufacturer's recommendation.
Anchor spacing is to be to the smaller of the manufacturer's Where the slope terminates in an area of concentrated flow the
1.5m maximum
recommendation or the dimensions shown. geofabric must be laid through the flowpath and pinned down on
a 500mm grid.

Figure 58: Geotextile design - outfalls

Anchor type is to be to the manufacturer's recommendation.
Anchor spacing is to be to the smaller of the manufacturer's Where the slope terminates in an area of concentrated flow the
recomendation or the dimensions shown. geofabric must be laid through the flowpath and pinned down on
a 500mm grid.

Rip-rap is required to dissipate energy

and to secure the geotextile in position
In permanent applications
a specific design may be
required
In temporary applications
a standard geotextile is
sufficient

Figure 59: Geotextile design – on slopes

92 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Erosion control blankets/mats

Key design criteria for erosion control blankets/mats are detailed in Table 10.

Table 10: Erosion control blankets/mats – design criteria

Material type Material subtype Design criteria

Biodegradable All Biodegradable rolled erosion control products are
rolled erosion used where vegetation growth is required. The
control product will provide stabilisation against raindrop
products erosion and low velocity flows until vegetation is
established.
Biodegradable rolled erosion control products
typically comprise jute fibres, curled wood fibres,
straw, coconut fibre or a combination of these
materials.
For a product to be considered 100% biodegradable,
the netting, sewing or adhesive system that holds
the biodegradable mulch fibres together must also be
biodegradable.
The following examples meet the above requirements
and should be selected based on site-specific
conditions and manufacturers' recommendations.
Jute Jute (refer Figure 60) is a natural fibre that is
made into a yarn, which is loosely woven into
a biodegradable mesh. It is designed to be used
in conjunction with vegetation with a life of
approximately 1 year.
The material is supplied in rolled strips and needs to
Figure 60: be secured to the soil with U-shaped staples or stakes
Jute mesh
in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations.
Straw blanket Straw blankets (refer Figure 61) should be machine-
produced mats of straw with a lightweight
biodegradable netting top layer. The straw should be
attached to the netting with biodegradable thread
or glue strips. The blanket should be of consistent
thickness and the straw evenly distributed over the
Figure 61: entire area of the blanket.
Straw blanket
Straw blankets should be furnished in rolled strips a
minimum of 2 m wide, 25 m long and 0.27 kilograms
per square metre (kg/m2)
Staples should be U-shaped with 200 mm legs and a 50
mm crown.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 93

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Material type Material Design criteria

subtype
Wood fibre Wood fibre blankets are composed of biodegradable fibre
blanket mulch with extruded biodegradable netting held together
with adhesives. The material is designed to enhance
revegetation.
The material is furnished in rolled strips, which are secured
to the ground with ground staples or pins in accordance
with manufacturers’ recommendations.
Coconut fibre Coconut fibre blankets (refer Figure 62) should be machine-
blanket produced mats of 100% coconut fibre with biodegradable
netting on the top and bottom. The coconut fibre should be
attached to the netting with biodegradable thread or glue
strips. The blanket should be of consistent thickness and
the coconut fibre evenly distributed over the entire area
of the blanket.
Coconut fibre blankets should be secured in place with
ground staples or pins in accordance with manufacturers’
recommendations.

Figure 62: Coconut fibre blanket used to stabilise

batters while allowing grass to grow through

Coconut fibre Coconut fibre mesh is a thin permeable membrane made

mesh from coconut or corn fibre that is spun into a yarn and
woven into a biodegradable mat. It is designed to be used
in conjunction with vegetation and typically has a lifespan
of several years.
The material is furnished in rolled strips which are secured
to the soil with ground staples or pins in accordance with
manufacturers’ recommendations.

94 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Material type Material Design criteria

subtype
Non- All Non-biodegradable products are a permanent erosion
biodegradable control measure that may have a benefit in a temporary
erosion situation of extended duration, such as a temporary stream
control diversion that will be in place for longer than 12 months.
products
Non-biodegradable materials typically comprise
polypropylene, polyethylene, nylon or other synthetic fibres.
In some cases, a combination of biodegradable and synthetic
fibres is used to construct the material. Netting used to hold
these fibres together is typically non-biodegradable as well.
Plastic netting Plastic netting is a lightweight biaxially-orientated netting
designed for securing loose mulches like straw to soil
surfaces to establish vegetation.
The netting is supplied in rolled strips and is
photodegradable.
The netting should be secured with ground staples or pins
in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations.
Plastic mesh Plastic mesh is an open-weave geotextile composed of an
extruded synthetic fibre woven into a mesh with an opening
size of less than 50 mm.
It is used in combination with revegetation or to secure loose
fibre such as straw to the ground.
The netting is supplied in rolled strips and should be
secured with ground staples or pins in accordance with
manufacturers’ recommendations.
Synthetic This comprises a mat of durable synthetic fibres treated to
fibre with resist chemicals and UV light. The mat is a dense, three-
netting dimensional mesh of synthetic fibres stitched between two
polypropylene nets.
The mats are designed to be revegetated and provide a
permanent composite system of soil, roots and geomatrix.
The netting is supplied in rolled strips and should be
secured with ground staples or pins in accordance with
manufacturers’ recommendations.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 95

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Material type Material subtype Design criteria

Bonded Bonded synthetic fibre mats consist of a three-
synthetic fibre dimensional geomatrix nylon (or other synthetic)
matting. Typically they have more than 90% open area
which facilitates root growth.
The mat’s tough root reinforcing system anchors
vegetation and protects against hydraulic lift and shear
forces created by high volume discharges.
It can be installed over prepared soil followed by
seeding into the mat (refer Figure 63). Once vegetated,
it becomes an invisible composite system of soil, roots
and geomatrix.
The netting is supplied in rolled strips and should be
secured with ground staples or pins in accordance with
manufacturers’ recommendations.

Figure 63: Bonded synthetic fibre mat used as erosion

protection and medium for revegetation

Combination All These consist of biodegradable fibres such as wood

synthetic and fibre or coconut fibre with a heavy polypropylene net
biodegradable stitched to the top and a high-strength continuous
products filament geomatrix or net stitched to the bottom.
The material is designed to enhance revegetation.
The material is supplied in rolled strips and should be
secured with ground staples or pins in accordance
with manufacturers’ recommendations.

96 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E3.5.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

Site preparation

Undertake proper site preparation to ensure complete contact of the blanket or matting with
the soil.
Grade and shape the area of installation.
Remove all rocks, clods, vegetation or other obstructions so that the installed blankets or mats
will have complete and direct contact with the soil.
Prepare seedbed by loosening 50 mm to 75 mm of topsoil where seeding is proposed.

Seeding

Seed the area before blanket installation for erosion control and revegetation.
Seeding after mat installation is often specified for turf reinforcement application. When seeding
prior to blanket installation, all check slots and other areas disturbed during installation must be
re-seeded.

Anchoring

Ground staples, or pins can be used to anchor mats and blankets to the ground surface.
The selection of anchors will depend on a number of factors including whether the stabilisation
is temporary or permanent (potentially requiring biodegradable pins) and soil conditions.
The selection of anchors will also depend on whether the blanket or matting will be subject
to significant flow forces.
Ground staples and pins should be driven flush to the soil surface.
All anchors should have sufficient ground penetration to resist pullout. Longer anchors may
be required for loose soils.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 97

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Installation on slopes

Installation should be in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations. In general, these

will be as follows:
−− Begin at the top of the slope and anchor the blanket in a 150 mm deep by 150 mm wide
trench. Backfill trench and compact earth firmly
−− Unroll blanket down-slope in the direction of the water flow
−− Overlap the edges of adjacent parallel rolls by 50-75 mm and staple every 1 m
−− When blankets must be spliced, place blankets end over end (shingle style) with 150 mm
overlap. Staple through overlapped area, approximately 300 mm apart
−− Lay blankets loosely and maintain direct contact with the soil. Do not stretch
−− Staple blankets sufficiently to anchor blanket and maintain contact with the soil. Staples
should be placed down the centre and staggered with the staples placed along the edges.
Follow the manufacturers’ recommendation for the spacing of the staples; although the staple
densities in Table 11 generally apply:

Table 11: Staple density

Slope Minimum staple density

> 50% 2.0 staples/m2
50% to 33% 1.5 staples/m2
< 33% 1.0 staples/m2

Installation in channels

Installation should be in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations.

Maintenance
Areas treated with temporary soil stabilisation should be inspected daily and after each rainfall event.
Areas treated with temporary soil stabilisation should be maintained to provide appropriate erosion
control and reapplied or replaced on exposed soils when the area becomes exposed or exhibits visible
erosion. The maintenance aspects to look for comprise:

Lifting geotextile caused by vegetation growing up under the fabric

Rilling caused by water flowing beneath the geotextile
Torn geotextile, missing pins or other damage caused by high winds, machinery or vandalism.
Repair or replace any areas of geotextile damaged or dislodged in any way. If required, erect a
temporary barrier and/or signage fencing to restrict uncontrolled movement of equipment and
vehicles onto treated areas.

98 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

F Sediment control practices
Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

This section focuses on sediment control and describes structural and non-structural measures in
accordance with the principles of ESC outlined in Section A2.0 of the guideline.

Along with erosion control measures, sediment retention devices are needed to capture runoff so
mobilised sediment can settle out and be retained on site.

Guidance is provided below (sections F.1.1 to F.2.5) on the common measures to control sediment
on earthworks sites. Guidance for each control/measure is split into the following subsections:

Design
Construction, operation and maintenance
Decommissioning.

99 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F1.0 Structural approaches

F1.1 Sediment retention ponds

F1.1.1 Design

Definition
A sediment retention pond (SRP) is a temporary pond formed by excavation into natural ground, or by
the construction of an embankment. SRPs incorporate an outlet device to dewater the pond at a rate
that allows a high percentage of suspended sediment to settle out within the pond.

Purpose
The purpose of an SRP is to detain runoff flows so that deposition of transported sediment can occur
through settlement.

Due to the detention provided, SRPs also attenuate flows thereby reducing downstream channel
erosion effects.

Conditions where practice applies

SRPs should be used:

Where treatment of sediment-laden runoff is required

Where concentrated flows of sediment-laden runoff occur.
They are typically the most appropriate control measure for catchments greater than 0.3 ha.

Limitations
Limitations of SRPs are:

Specific geotechnical design input may be required

Location needs to be considered in relation to ongoing maintenance (particularly during winter)
and decommissioning at the completion of earthworks
Specific design details may be required, including drawings, to ensure correct construction
Catchment areas should be restricted to 5 ha. This limits the length of overland flowpaths,
reduces maintenance, and limits the size of flocculant treatment devices.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 100

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Key design criteria

An SRP is an impoundment area formed by excavation or filling to form embankments. The embankments
provide the required impoundment volume and shape. In practice, most SRPs are formed from a
combination of excavation and filling. The maximum height of any filled embankment should not exceed
2.6 m. This height accommodates a maximum 2.0 m pond depth (base of pond to primary spillway), 300
mm freeboard from the primary spillway to the emergency spillway, and a further 300 mm depth of
spillway. Exceeding this 2.6 m maximum height will increase the overall footprint of the SRP.

The following design criteria apply to SRPs (refer also Figures 64, 65, and 71 to 73):

Size

Size SRPs based on the contributing catchment area and slope length.
On earthwork sites with slopes less than 18% and less than 200 m in length, design SRPs with a
minimum volume of 2% of the contributing catchment area (200 m3 for each ha of contributing
catchment).
On earthwork sites with slopes greater than 18% or greater than 200 m in length, design SRPs
with a minimum volume of 3% of the contributing catchment area (300 m3 for each ha of
contributing catchment).
The above calculation defines the total storage volume, which is measured from the base of the
pond to the top of the primary spillway.
The slope angle is determined by the slope immediately (within 20 m) above the SRP, or by the
average slope over the contributing catchment, whichever is greater. The slope angle should also
be the greater of the pre- or post-construction slope.

Figure 64: Schematic of a sediment retention pond

101 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

Figure 65: SRP cross-section

Shape

Maximise the distance between the inlet and the outlet (including the emergency spillway)
to reduce the risk of short circuiting and to promote quiescent (inactive) conditions. If this
cannot be achieved by correctly positioning the inlet and outlets, install baffles to achieve the
appropriate length to width ratio design.
Ensure the length to width ratio of the SRP is no less than 3:1 and no greater than 5:1. The length
of the SRP is measured as the distance between the inlet and the outlet (decant system).
The length to width ratio is measured at the height of the primary spillway.
Ensure the SRP has a level invert as described below to promote the even and gradual dissipation
of the heavier inflow water across the full area of the SRP.
The construction of the SRP invert with a reverse slope can aid maintenance by promoting
heavier sediment to drop out and accumulate at the inlet end of the device.
For external batter steepness refer Figures 72 to 74. For internal batters, a 2:1 ratio is
recommended, subject to available space and ground conditions.

Depth

SRP depths may be 1 – 2 m, but no deeper than 2 m. This depth is measured from the invert to
the top of the primary spillway. Deeper ponds are more likely to cause short circuiting problems
during larger storm events and require specifically designed floating decant systems.
The decant design in this guideline operates through a maximum live storage range of 1.5 m.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 102

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Dead storage (permanent storage)

Dead storage is the component of impoundment volume that does not decant and remains in
the SRP. It is important for dissipating the energy of sediment-laden inflows.
Dead storage should be retained at 30% of the total SRP storage by positioning the lowest
decant 0.4 - 0.8 m above the invert of the SRP.
The decant design detailed in this guideline allows the lower decant arm to be raised as
sediment deposition increases, thereby maintaining the percentage volume of dead storage.

Live storage (decant storage)

Live storage is the volume between the lowest decant outlet level and the crest of the SRP
primary spillway.
The live storage volume capacity should be 70% of the total SRP storage.
The decant design detailed in this guideline allows the decant arms to be raised as sediment
deposition increases, thereby maintaining the percentage volume of live storage.

Forebay

The forebay should extend the full width of the pond, be a minimum of 1 m in depth, and be
located upstream of the level spreader.

Decanting/outlet dewatering device

The SRP decant/outlet dewatering device should be designed to remove water within the upper
water column without removing any of the settled sediment, or any appreciable quantities of
floating debris. Either a 100 mm or 150 mm diameter decant can be used.
The floating T-bar dewatering device described in this guideline allows decanting of the cleaner
surface water from the top of the water column.
The recommended decant rate from an SRP is 3 litres/second/ha of contributing catchment.
This rate ensures that appropriate detention times are achieved.
A standard T-bar design is detailed in Figure 66. This standard T-bar decant design provides a
decant flow rate of 4.5 litres/second. Decants are either added incrementally to accommodate
catchments greater than 1.5 ha or the number of holes in the decant is restricted to maintain
the decant rate of 3 litres/second/ha of contributing catchment.
T-bars should be able to float to the top of the primary spillway at all times.
To achieve a decant rate of 4.5 litres/second per decant, six rows of 10 mm diameter holes
should be drilled at 60 mm spacings (200 holes) along the 2 m long decant arm.
For catchments of less than 1.5 ha, the appropriate number of holes should be sealed off to
achieve a 3 litres/second/hectare discharge rate.
Single T-bar decants must be able to operate through the full live storage depth of the SRP.
If two decant systems are required, the lower T-bar decant must operate through the full live
storage depth of the SRP. The upper T-bar decant should operate through the upper 50% of
the live storage depth of the SRP only.

103 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

If three decant systems are used, then the lower T-bar decant should operate through the full live
storage depth and the second T-bar decant through the upper two thirds of live storage depth of
the SRP. The upper T-bar decant should operate through the upper one-third of live storage depth
of the SRP as detailed in Figure 67.
For contributing catchments:
−− Up to 1.5 ha, use a 150 mm (minimum) outlet pipe
−− Between 1.5ha and 3.0ha, use a 150 mm (minimum) outlet pipe
−− Between 3.0ha and 5.0ha, use a 300 mm (minimum) outlet pipe.

Primary spillway

The primary spillway is the vertical upstand or riser pipe to which the decant is connected.
All SRPs require a piped primary spillway.
For contributing catchments:
−− Up to 1.5 ha, use a 150 mm (minimum) upstand as a primary spillway
−− Between 1.5 ha and 3.0ha, use a 150mm (minimum) upstand as a primary spillway
−− Between 3.0 and 5.0 ha, use a 1050mm concrete manhole riser as a primary spillway.
The primary spillway should be a minimum 600 mm lower than the top of the SRP embankment
and a minimum 300 mm lower than the emergency spillway crest. Ensure the riser and the
discharge pipe connections are all completely watertight.

Emergency spillway

An emergency spillway is essential for all SRPs.

Emergency spillways must be capable of accommodating the 1% AEP event without eroding.
The emergency spillway level should be a minimum 300 mm lower than the top of the SRP
embankment.
The emergency spillway crest and downstream batter require a very high standard of
stabilisation with well-compacted fill material.
When using geotextile for emergency spillway stabilisation purposes, the batter face must be
smooth and all voids eliminated. If geotextile is used, a soft needle punch geotextile is covered
with a strong woven low permeability geotextile. Ensure the geotextile is pinned at 0.5 m centres
over the full area of the emergency spillway.
Design the emergency spillway as a stabilised trapezoidal cross-section, with a minimum bottom
width of 6 m, or the width of the pond floor, whichever is the greater; unless specific design
calculations have confirmed a smaller emergency spillway will accommodate the 1% AEP event.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 104

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Waratahs placed either side of decant arm as

alternative means of securing decant

Wire or steel straps to

join decant and float
Standard Tee joint 2m

2m
A

mm
300 Attach 1.8m long waratah to
A weight decant.(see Section A-A)

Standard end caps

Decant: Six equally spaced rows of 10mm

diameter holes at 60mm spacings along
Flexible rubber joints glued the full length of the decant pipe
and clamped - two joints to
be used only for lower decant

Float Single waratah fixed firmly

behind cable ties/straps
required to weight decant

Decant

Standard waratah placement

at either end of the decant
Nylon cord to be tied through
the end holes in decant and
secured to the waratah

Section A-A
Figure 66: Schematic of standard T-bar design

Baffles

Incorporate baffles (refer Figure 67) into the SRP design if the recommended pond shape cannot
be achieved. Extend baffles the full depth of the SRP and place them to maximise dissipation of
flow energy.
Generally, baffles are in the form of a wing to direct inflows away from the outlet and maximise
the stilling zone. A series of compartments within the pond can be used to achieve this, although
care must be taken to avoid creating in-pond currents and re-suspension of fine sediment.

105 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

Figure 67: Example of baffles

Level spreader

Incorporate a level spreader (refer Figures 68 and 69) into the inlet design to reduce inflow
velocities and rapid dissipation of inflow energy. The inlet batter downstream of the level
spreader must be well compacted and smoothed (no steeper than a 3:1 gradient), and stabilised
over its entire area. It is essential to ensure the level spreader is level, non-erodible and spans the
full width of the SRP.
To ensure even inflows, install a trenched and pegged 150 mm x 50 mm timber weir or similar
across the full width of the inlet. Secure the ends of the timber weir with compacted earth and
a concrete cover to prevent flows outflanking the weir. Install a concrete haunch along the edges
of the level spreader to provide added structural strength. This timber weir also serves to toe in
any geotextile protection that may be required. Sediment accumulated upstream of the level
spreader may require periodic removal.
Position the top of the level spreader weir 100 – 200 mm above the invert of the emergency spillway.

Figure 68: Example of a level spreader

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 106

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Figure 69: Level spreader

Anti-seep collar

The discharge pipe should be laid at a 1 – 2% gradient and surrounded by compacted fill. Anti-seep
collars (refer Figure 70) should be installed around the pipe with a spacing of approximately 10 m to
increase the seepage length along the pipe. The vertical projection of each collar should be 500mm.
All anti-seep collars and their connections around the pipe must be watertight. Figure 71 provides
a schematic of the anti-seep collar. Site-specific constraints may preclude certain features of this
design.

Figure 70: Example of an anti-seep collar

107 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

Width of top embankment should be

wide enough to ensure machinery
access for de-sludging of pond, if there

Minimum Freeboard
are no other access points available

300mm
Spillway compacted and smoothed to 150mm diameter riser
Decant
eliminate all voids prior to laying and
pinning appropriate geotextile/concrete

Live storage variable

Pond batters 2:1 to 3:1 up to 1600mm
300mm

.
.
Dead storage
400-800mm
Poured concrete anti-seep collar Pond base
Waratah stakes
150mm diameter discharge pipe laid at a minimum 1 or 2% gradient
2x rubber couplings to provide
additional range

Cross - section

Geotextile should be laid into the pond to a depth

of at least 500mm below the spillway invert
Rip-rap placed at pond outlet with Waratahs and strong nylon
geotextile placed underneath cord to control level of decant
Primary spillway

Geotextile secured firmly

to the embankment face Anti-seep collars
Emergency spillway to be sized
Anti-seep collars to accommodate the 1% AEP event

Plan

Figure 71: Sediment retention pond for <1.5 ha catchment

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 108

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

is over 50% of the live storage depth

Width of top embankment should be wide enough

Upper decant's extent of travel

to ensure machinery access for de-sludging of
pond, if there are no others access points available 60° Y junction

Minimum Freeboard
150mm diameter riser

300mm
Spillway compacted and smoothed to
eliminate all voids prior to laying and
pinning appropriate geotextile/concrete
Lower decant operates
over full depth of live
300mm storage up to 1600mm
Pond batters 2:1 to 3:1
.

Dead storage
400-800mm

150-100mm reduction Pond base

Poured concrete anti-seep collar
2x rubber couplings to Decant
provide additional range
150mm diameter discharge pipe laid at a minimum 1 or 2% gradient
Waratah stakes

Cross - section

Geotextile should be laid into the pond to a depth

of at least 500mm below the spillway invert
Rip-rap placed at pond outlet with Waratahs and strong nylon
geotextile placed underneath cord to control level of decant

Geotextile secured firmly

to the embankment face Anti-seep collars

Anti-seep collars
If necessary place a bend to keep lower
Emergency spillway to be sized decant well away from upper decant
to accommodate the 1% AEP event

Plan

Figure 72: Sediment retention pond for 1.5 to 3 ha catchment

109 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

Lower decant's
Width of top embankment should be wide enough to extent of travel
ensure machinery access for de-sludging of pond, if is over 100%

Minimum freeboard
there are no other access points available Concrete riser may require weighting Upper decant Middle decant of the live
or anchoring to prevent floating operates over operates over storage depth -

300mm
Spillway compacted and smoothed to eliminate all top 1/3 of live top 2/3 of live variable up to
voids prior to laying and pinning appropriate storage only storage only 1600mm
geotextile/concrete

300mm
Pond batters 2:1 to 3:1

Poured concrete anti-seep collar

Dead storage
Poured concrete anti-seep collar Lowest inlet pipe to riser is 400-800mm
300mm diameter discharge pipe laid angled upward at 15° to ease
at a minimum 1 or 2% gradient tension on flexible joint
Decant
Waratah stakes required for all decants
Pond base
Cross - section

Geotextile should be laid into the pond to a depth

of at least 500mm below the spillway invert
Rip-rap placed at pond outlet with Waratahs and strong nylon
geotextile placed underneath cord to control level of decant

Geotextile secured firmly to the Anti-seep collars

embankment face
Emergency spillway to be sized
Anti-seep collars to accommodate the 1%.AEP event

Plan

Figure 73: Sediment retention pond for 3 to 5 ha catchment

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 110

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Safety
SRPs can be a safety hazard if not appropriately fenced and if safety rules are not followed. Low
gradient pond batters provide an additional safety measure (for access/egress). Check the safety
requirements of Worksafe NZ. Refer Section C1.8.2 for further discussion on safety considerations.

Flocculant treatment
The majority of SRPs will require flocculant treatment.

The details of various flocculant treatment options are provided in Section F6.0 and Auckland Council’s
Technical Publication TP227 - The Use of Flocculants and Coagulants to Aid the Settlement of Suspended
Sediment in Earthworks Runoff : Trials, Methodology and Design, June 2004.

SRP potential modifications

The development of the SRP design promoted in this guideline has been supported by field trials that
have confirmed the sediment retention efficiencies now adopted as the assumed minimum performance
for the Auckland region. A number of additional measures and modifications have been developed and
implemented by the earthworks industry since those original trials. The additional measures include:

Baffles at dead water level (refer Figure 74 below)

Geotextile stabilisation of the internal batters of the SRP
Floating booms to reduce wave propagation and reduce maintenance to address blockage
of T-bar holes by floating (organic) debris
The use of additives other than PAC.
At the time of preparation of this guideline, the above measures had not been subject to any
documented comparative testing to verify their benefit. However, they are generally supported by
the industry as additional means to achieve or exceed the SRP efficiencies assumed by the guideline.
Design specifications for these measures or modifications are not currently included in this guideline.

Figure 74: Example of baffles at dead water level

111 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F1.1.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

For constructing and/or operating SRPs, follow
the following general steps:

Form clean water diversion bunds to

isolate the SRP construction area
Install a silt fence or other appropriate
sediment control below the SRP
construction area
Clear areas under proposed fills of topsoil
or other unsuitable material
Large fill embankments may need to be
Figure 75: Installation of the outlet pipe and the
keyed in. Ensure that the embankments
anti-seep collars
are constructed to appropriate
engineering design standards
Use only certified fill
Place and compact fill in layers as per the engineering specifications
Construct the base of the SRP with a reverse slope so heavier sediment drops out and accumulates
at the inlet end of the device. This will assist with maintenance, specifically during regular desilting
Do not place pervious materials such as sand or gravel within the fill material
Construct fill embankments approximately 10% higher than the design height to allow for
settlement of the material. Install appropriate pipe work and anti-seep collars during the
construction of the embankment and compact around these appropriately (refer Figure 75). Where
possible, install the discharge pipes through the embankment once the embankment fill height
provides sufficient cover over the pipe to continue filling once the discharge pipe has been installed
Install the emergency spillway with a minimum of 300 mm freeboard height above the primary
spillway. Where possible, construct emergency spillways in well vegetated, undisturbed ground
(not fill) and discharge over long grass. If the emergency spillway is to be constructed on bare soil,
provide complete erosion protection by measures such as grouted rip-rap, asphalt, erosion matting/
geotextile or concrete. When using geotextile for emergency spillway stabilisation purposes, the
batter face must be smooth and all voids eliminated. If geotextile is used, a soft needle punch
geotextile is laid first and then covered with a strong woven low permeability geotextile. Ensure
the geotextile is pinned at 0.5 m centres over the full area of the emergency spillway
Install and stabilise the level spreader (refer Figure 76)
Construct the forebay.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 112

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Figure 76: Level spreader across the full width Figure 77: Steel strapping used to attach decant
of the pond system to horizontal pipework

For the decant system:

−− Securely attach the decant system to the horizontal pipework with steel strapping directly
on top of the decant arm (refer Figure 77). This should be weighted to keep the decant
arm submerged just below the surface through all stages of the decant cycle. This will
also minimise the potential for blockage of the decant holes by floating debris. The most
successful method is to weigh the decant arm by strapping a 1.8 m long waratah between
the float and the decant (approximately 4 kg of weight). Make all connections watertight
−− Position the T-bar decant at the correct height by tying 5 mm nylon cord through decant
holes at either end of the decant arm and fastening it to waratahs driven in on either side
of the decant. T-bars should be able to float to the top of the primary spillway at all times
−− Use a flexible thick rubber coupling to provide a connection between the decant arm and
the primary spillway or discharge pipe. To provide sufficient flexibility (such as is required
for the lower decant arm), two couplings should be installed. Fasten the flexible coupling
using strap clamps and glue. Self-tapping screws will provide added strength and robustness
to the joint. Steel bands should be tightened with a socket rather than screwdriver and care
should be taken to leave space between the ends of the PVC pipes within the coupling to
allow the T-bar to flex
−− Where a concrete riser decant system is used, ensure the lower decant connection is angled
upwards so that it bisects the angle that the decant operates through. This will reduce the
deformation force on the coupling used
−− Where a concrete riser is used, ensure it is incorporated within the pond embankment to
prevent it floating. Where this is not possible, use a suitable volume of concrete ballast in
the base of the manhole to prevent flotation
−− Decants should include a mechanism to allow outflows from the SRP to be temporarily
stopped. This is to facilitate flocculant treatment via batch dosing and as a contingency
in the event of spill or discharge of contaminants. It will allow contaminated runoff to be
retained and prevent it from discharging from the site. A rope and pulley system, to lift the
decants above the SRP water level, is the preferred mechanism; however other options such
as plumbing bungs, valves or screw on end caps can also be used subject to the specific
details of each SRP

113 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

Place any manhole riser on a firm foundation of impervious soil

Lay the discharge pipe at a 1 – 2% gradient. The fill material should be compacted using a
machine compactor and must incorporate anti-seep collars around the pipe to increase the
seepage length along the pipe with a spacing of approximately 10 m. The vertical projection
of each collar should be 500 mm, and they must be watertight including their connections
Do not place pervious material such as sand or scoria around the discharge pipe or the anti-seep collars
Install baffles if required
Fully stabilise the external batter face, by vegetative or other means, immediately after
construction, in accordance with the site’s approved ESC Plan
Provide an all-weather access track for maintenance. Consider future maintenance. Construct a
muck-out bund adjacent to the forebay if space for future desilting maybe an issue
Install and commission flocculant treatment devices
Certify the SRP to confirm all design criteria have been met. Rectify any deficiencies as required
Install sediment-laden diversions to direct runoff to the SRP.

Maintenance
For maintenance of SRPs:

Inspect SRPs daily and before and after each rainfall event
Clean out SRPs before the volume of accumulated sediment reaches 20% of the total SRP volume.
To assist in gauging sediment loads, clearly mark the 20% volume height on the decant riser
Clean out SRPs with high capacity sludge pumps, or with excavators (long reach excavators if
needed) loading onto sealed tip trucks or to a secure bunded area where the sediment can dry
Maintain access to the forebay at all times to allow removal of accumulated sediment. Clean out
the forebay after each runoff event if there is any evidence of sediment deposition
The ESC Plan should identify disposal locations for the sediment removed from the SRP. Deposit
the sediment in a location that avoids direct discharge to receiving environments. Stabilise all
disposal sites as required and approved in the site’s ESC Plan. Provide all weather access for the
desilting and secure bunded areas if the SRP is to operate throughout winter
Immediately repair any damage to SRPs caused by erosion or construction equipment.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 114

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

F1.1.3 Decommissioning
The decommissioning of an SRP should only occur once the contributing catchment has been fully
stabilised or alternative appropriate sediment retention devices have been installed.

The following steps should be followed:

1. Dewater pond (refer section G1.0)

2. Remove and correctly dispose of all accumulated sediment

3. Remove fabric, concrete, pipe and other construction materials

4. Backfill the pond, compact soil, and re-grade as required

5. Stabilise all exposed surfaces.

115 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F1.2 Decanting earth bunds

F1.2.1 Design

Definition
Decanting earth bunds (DEBs) are an impoundment
area formed from a temporary bund or ridge of
compacted earth (refer Figures 78 and 79). These
bunds provide an area where ponding of runoff can
occur and suspended material can settle out before
runoff is discharged.

Purpose
The purpose of a DEB is to detain runoff flows so
Figure 78: Close up of decanting earth bund
that deposition of transported sediment can occur system
through settlement.

Conditions where practice applies

DEBs can be used where:

Treatment of sediment-laden runoff is required

Concentrated flows of sediment-laden runoff occur
Soil types require flocculant treatment to improve efficiency
The catchment area is too small for an SRP (generally less than 0.3 ha)
Where the slopes of the contributing catchment and or concentrated flows dictate that silt
fences or super silt fences are not appropriate.
DEBs are particularly useful for controlling runoff after topsoiling and grassing before vegetation
becomes established. DEBs should be used a part of a treatment train approach.

Limitations
DEBs have the following limitations:

Specific geotechnical design may be needed to impound the required volumes of water
(depending on geotechnical constraints)
Effectiveness of DEBs is less on steeper slopes where runoff velocities are greater
The recommended maximum catchment for DEBs is 0.3 ha.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 116

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

150mm diameter riser

Spillway stabilised with geotextile
Live storage volume :
70% of total treatment volume Spillway

Stabilised outlet

Dead storage volume : Reducer required 150mm dia uPVC pipe through bund
30% of total treatment volume if using a 100mm decant

Cross - section
Figure 79: Decanting earth bund

Key design criteria

DEBs are often installed in challenging locations where achieving all of the following design criteria may
be impractical. As these criteria are all interrelated, it is important that any compromise of these design
criteria continues to achieve the following goals:

Maximise the volume of storage, to maximise the duration of settlement

Reduce velocities through length to width ratios, and or baffles, to promote settlement
Maintain an appropriate dead water depth and volume to dissipate inflow energy, prevent re-
suspension of settled sediment and provide storage of settled sediment
Maintain an appropriate live water depth and volume to promote settlement
Ensure that the installed device is structurally sound and includes a stabilised spillway sized to
accommodate the 1% AEP event without eroding.

Size

DEB sizing is based on contributing catchment area.

On earthwork sites with slopes less than 18% and less than 200 m in length, construct a DEB
with a minimum volume of 1% of the contributing catchment area (10 m3 for each 1,000 m2
of contributing catchment).
On earthwork sites with slopes greater than 18 % or greater than 200 m in length, construct a
DEB with a minimum volume of 2% of the contributing catchment area (20 m3 for each 1,000 m2
of contributing catchment).
The slope angle is determined by the slope immediately above the DEB, or by the average slope
over the contributing catchment, whichever is greater. The slope angle should also be the greater
of the pre- or post-construction slope.
The above calculation defines the total storage volume which is measured from the base of the
DEB to the top of the primary spillway.

117 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

Shape

Maximise the distance between the inlet and the outlet (including the emergency spillway)
to reduce the risk of short circuiting and to promote quiescent (inactive) conditions.
The base of a DEB should be a minimum of 2 m wide.
The length to width ratio of the DEB should be no less than 3:1 and no greater than 5:1.
The length to width ratio is measured at the height of the primary spillway.
The length of the DEB is measured as the distance between the inlet and the outlet (decant
system). As a minimum the inlet should be 5 m from the outlet.
Ensure that the DEB has a level invert to promote the even and gradual dissipation of the
heavier inflow water across the full area of the DEB.

Depth of pond

Limit the depth of DEBs to a maximum of 1 m embankment height. (Note: By excavating to form
the dead storage volume below existing ground level, the overall depth of DEB can be increased.)

Dead storage (permanent storage)

Dead storage is the component of impoundment volume that does not decant and remains
in the DEB. It is important for dissipating the energy of sediment-laden inflows.
Ensure dead storage is 30% of the total DEB storage by positioning the decant 0.30 – 0.40 m
above the invert of the DEB.

Live storage (decant storage)

Live storage is the volume between the decant outlet level and the crest of the DEB primary spillway.
Ensure that the live storage volume capacity is 70% of the total DEB storage.

Decanting/outlet dewatering device

Dewater the DEB to remove the water within the upper water column (live storage) without
removing any of the settled sediment, and without removing any appreciable quantities of
floating debris.
To dewater the DEB, use a floating T-bar dewatering device (as utilised in a SRP), which allows for
the decanting of the cleaner surface water from the top of the water column. (Note: A 100 mm or
150 mm diameter T-bar device can be used. A standard T-bar design is detailed in Figure 67. There
are also skimmers available (which float on the surface) or vertical upstands (traditional); however
the T bar is the minimum standard.)
The recommended decant rate from a DEB is 0.3 litres/second/1,000m2 (or 3 litres/second/ha)
of contributing catchment. This rate ensures that appropriate detention times are achieved.
(Note: This decant rate is equivalent to the decant rate described for a sediment retention pond
in section F1.1.)

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 118

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

To calculate the number of holes (10 mm diameter) required to achieve the decant rate
described above, allow 133 holes per 1 ha of contributing catchment (i.e. divide the number
of ha of contributing catchment by 0.0075). The total number of holes is to be evenly divided
among the number of decants.
The T-bar decant must be able to operate through the full live storage depth of the DEB.
Ensure that the T-bar decant float is securely fastened with steel strapping directly on top of the
decant arm and weight it to keep the decant arm submerged just below the surface through all
stages of the decant cycle. This will also minimise the potential for blockage of the decant holes by
floating debris. The most successful method found to date is to weight the decant arm by strapping
a 0.9 m long waratah between the float and the decant (approximately 2.0 kg of weight).
Lay the 150 mm diameter discharge pipe at a 1 – 2% gradient, and compact the fill material
around it using a machine compactor.
At the inlet end of the outlet pipe install a 90° Tee to accommodate the primary spillway. Install
a 150 mm-100 mm reducer and short 100 mm section to provide a connection for the T-bar.
The decant should include a mechanism to allow outflows from the DEB to be temporarily
stopped. This is to facilitate batch-dosed flocculant treatment and as a contingency in the event
of spill or discharge of contaminants. It will allow contaminated runoff to be retained and prevent
it from discharging from the site. A rope and pulley system, to lift the decant, is the preferred
mechanism; however other options, such as plumbing bungs, valves or screw on end caps, can
also be used subject to the specific details of each DEB.

Primary spillway

All DEBs require a piped primary spillway.

Use a 150 mm upstand as a primary spillway.
The primary spillway should be a minimum 350 mm lower than the top of the DEB embankment
and a minimum 100 mm lower than the emergency spillway crest. Ensure the riser and the
discharge pipe connections are all completely watertight.
Geotextiles shall be fixed within the spillway structure in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications.

Emergency spillway

An emergency spillway is essential for all DEBs.

Emergency spillways must be capable of accommodating the 1% AEP event without eroding.
Design the emergency spillway as a stabilised trapezoidal cross-section with a minimum bottom
width of 1.5 m, unless specific design calculations have confirmed a smaller emergency spillway
will accommodate the 1% AEP event.
Design the emergency spillway with a minimum of 100 mm freeboard height above the
primary spillway.
Ensure that the emergency spillway has a minimum freeboard of 250 mm (between the invert
of the spillway to the lowest point on the top of the bund).

119 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION
SECTION
F -E:SEDIMENT
EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Baffles

As with SRPs, baffles can be used to increase the length to width ratio of a DEB; however
additional care is needed due to the typically narrow nature of DEBs. In practice, the use of
baffles is often limited.
Consider baffles in the DEB design where the recommended shape cannot be achieved. Extend
baffles the full depth of the DEB and place them to maximise dissipation of flow energy.
Generally, baffles are in the form of a wing to direct inflows away from the outlet and maximise
the stilling zone. A series of compartments within the pond can be used to achieve this; although
care must be taken to avoid creating in-pond currents and re-suspension of light particulates.

Safety
DEBs can become a safety hazard if not appropriately fenced and if safety rules are not followed. Check
the safety requirements of Worksafe NZ. Refer Section C.1.8.2 for further guidance on safety issues.

Flocculant Treatment
Flocculant treatment should be used for all DEBs to increase their efficiency, unless other justification
is provided.

The details of various flocculant treatment options are provided in Section F2.0 and Auckland Council’s
Technical Publication TP227 - ‘The Use of Flocculants and Coagulants to Aid the Settlement of
Suspended Sediment in Earthworks Runoff : Trials, Methodology and Design’, June 2004.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 120

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

F1.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

For construction and/or operation of DEBs follow the following key steps:

Form clean water diversion bunds or drains to isolate the DEB construction area
Install a silt fence or other appropriate sediment control below the DEB construction area
Clear areas under proposed fills of topsoil or other unsuitable material down to competent material
Consider whether large fill embankments need to be keyed in. Ensure that the embankments,
including the foundations, comply with appropriate engineering design standards
Use only approved fill
Place and compact fill in layers as per the engineering specifications
Do not place pervious materials such as sand or gravel within the fill material
Construct fill embankments approximately 10% higher than the design height to allow for settlement
of the material. Install appropriate pipe work during the construction of the embankment and
compact around appropriately. Where possible, install the discharge pipe through the embankment
once the embankment fill height provides sufficient cover over the pipe to continue filling once the
discharge pipe has been installed. Ensure that the backfill around the outlet pipe is impermeable
Install the emergency spillway. The outer emergency spillway crest and batter require a very high
standard of stabilisation. The fill material of the spillway batter should be well compacted. Where
possible, construct emergency spillways in well vegetated, undisturbed ground (not fill) and
discharge over long grass. If the emergency spillway is constructed on bare soil, provide complete
erosion protection by means such as grouted rip-rap, asphalt, erosion matting/ geotextile or
concrete. When using geotextile for emergency spillway stabilisation purposes, the batter face
must be smooth and all voids eliminated. If geotextile is used, a soft needle punch geotextile is
laid first and then covered with a strong woven low permeability geotextile. Ensure the geotextile
is pinned at 0.5 m centres over the full area of the emergency spillway
Securely attach the decant system to the horizontal pipework. Position the T-bar decant at the
correct height by tying 5 mm nylon cord through decant holes at either end of the decant arm
and fastening it to waratahs driven in on either side of the decant. Use a flexible thick rubber
coupling to provide a connection between the decant arm and the discharge pipe. To provide
sufficient flexibility, install two couplings. Fasten the flexible coupling using strap clamps and
glue. Make all connections watertight
Do not place pervious material such as sand or scoria around the discharge pipe
Install baffles if required
Fully stabilise the external batter face, by vegetative or other means, immediately after construction
in accordance with the site’s approved ESC Plan. Ensure all bare areas associated with the DEB are
stabilised with vegetation if the DEB is to remain in place over winter
Provide an all-weather access track for maintenance
Install and commission any flocculant treatment devices
Produce an as-built to confirm all design criteria have been met. Rectify any deficiencies as required
Install sediment-laden diversions to direct runoff to the DEB.

121 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Maintenance
To maintain DEBs:

Inspect DEBs daily and before and after each rainfall event
Clean out DEBs before the volume of accumulated sediment reaches 20% of the total DEB
volume. To assist in gauging sediment loads, consider installing a marker post
Clean out DEBs with high capacity sludge pumps, or with excavators (long reach excavators
if needed), loading onto sealed tip trucks or to a secure area
The ESC Plan should identify disposal locations for the sediment removed from the DEB. Deposit
the sediment in such a location so that it does not lead to a direct discharge to receiving
environments. Stabilise all disposal sites as required and approved in the site’s ESC Plan
Immediately repair any damage to DEBs caused by erosion or construction equipment.

F1.2.3 Decommissioning
The decommissioning of a DEB is only to occur once the contributing catchment has been fully
stabilised or alternative appropriate sediment retention devices have been installed.

The key steps for decommissioning comprise:

1. Dewater the DEB (refer Section G1.0)

2. Remove and correctly dispose of all accumulated sediment

3. Remove fabric, concrete, pipe and other construction materials

4. Backfill the DEB and compact soil, re-grade as required

5. Stabilise all exposed surfaces.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 122

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

F1.3 Silt fences

F1.3.1 Design

Definition
A silt fence is a temporary barrier of woven
geotextile fabric that is used to capture mainly
coarse sediments carried in sheet flow (refer
Figures 80 to 83). Silt fences temporarily impound
sediment-laden runoff, slowing down the flow rate
and allowing sediment to settle out of the water.
Figure 80: Silt fence installed on edge of works

Purpose
The purpose of a silt fence is to detain runoff flows so that deposition of transported sediment can occur
through settlement. They are not used to filter sediment out of runoff.

Conditions where practice applies

Use silt fences:

Where there is a need to control sediment by intercepting sheet flow

Where a site is low gradient, or is confined with a small contributing catchment, such as short
batter fills and around watercourses
To delineate the limit of disturbance on an earthworks site, such as riparian areas or bush reserves
Where the installation of an earth or topsoil bund would destroy sensitive areas, such as bush
and wetlands.
Do not install silt fences across watercourses or in areas of concentrated flows. Avoid trench
excavations within the root zones of protected trees and trees that are to be retained.

Where there is a change in slope, no section of the fence should exceed a grade of 5% for a distance
of more than 15 m.

Limitations
The following limitations apply to silt fences:

Silt fences do not capture many soil particles finer than 0.02 mm in diameter (for example fine
silts and clays) due to the short detention time of water behind the silt fence and relatively large
pore size of most fabrics
The pores in the silt fence fabric become clogged relatively quickly with fine textured sediments,
which the result that the fabric becomes impermeable. Consequently, additional reinforcing (such
as chain link fence – super silt fence) might be required (refer Section F3.0 for super silt fences)
Silt fences should only be used for sheet flows, not concentrated flows. Do not use silt fences as checks

123 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

dams in channels (to reduce velocities) or place them where they will intercept concentrated flows
Silt fences are best used a part of a treatment train approach.

Key design criteria

Key design criteria for silt fences are outlined below:

Ensure silt fence height is 600 mm above ground level and 200 mm below ground level
Maximum slope lengths, spacing of returns and angles for silt fences are shown in Table 12
Locate supporting posts/waratahs for silt fences 2-4 m apart with support provided by a
tensioned wire (2.5 mm HT) along the top of the silt fence
Where a strong woven fabric is used in conjunction with a wire support, the distance between
posts can be up to 4 m. Double the silt fence fabric over and fasten to the wire with silt fence
clips at 500 mm spacings
Ensure supporting posts/waratahs are embedded a minimum of 400 mm into the ground
Always install silt fences along the contour (at a break in slope). Where this is not possible, or
where there are long sections of silt fence, install short silt fence returns (refer Figure 82) projecting
up-slope from the silt fence to minimise the concentration of flows. Silt fence returns should
be a minimum 2 m in length, and can incorporate a tie back. They are generally constructed by
continuing the silt fence around the return and doubling back, eliminating joins
Join lengths of silt fence by doubling over fabric ends around a waratah or by stapling the fabric
ends to a batten and butting the two battens together as shown in Figure 82
Install silt fence returns at either end of the silt fence, projecting up-slope to a sufficient height
to prevent outflanking
In catchments of more than 0.3 ha, use of silt fences requires careful consideration of specific site
measures, and other control measures may be better, such as a super silt fence (refer Section F1.4).

Figure 81: Silt fence joins. Left hand photo shows battens used to join the lengths. Right hand photo
shows doubling over of fabric at end around the waratah

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 124

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Table 12: Silt fence design criteria

Slope steepness % Slope length (m) Spacing of returns (m) Silt fence length (m)
(maximum) (maximum)
Flatter than 2% Unlimited N/A Unlimited
2 – 10% 40 60 300
10 – 20% 30 50 230
20 – 33% 20 40 150
33 – 50% 15 30 75
> 50% 6 20 40

Where water may pond regularly behind the silt fence, provide extra support for the silt fence with
tie backs from the silt fence to a central stable point on the upward side. Extra support can also be
provided by stringing wire between support stakes and connecting the filter fabric to this wire.
As a minimum, the silt fence cloth must meet the following criteria for geotextile fabric:
−− Grab tensile strength: >440N (ASTM D4632)
−− Tensile modulus: 0.140 pa (minimum)
−− Apparent opening Size: 0.1 – 0.5mm (ASTM D4751).

125 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

2-4m

600mm min
height of geotextile
Ground level
200 mm min

Trench geotextile a minimum of

200 mm into the ground
Steel standards such as waratahs or Flow Flow
standard wooden fence posts (no.3
rounds minimum) driven a minimum
of 400mm into the ground
Elevation

Ends of return wired back to

stake or waratah

Returns 1-3m in length to reduce velocity

along the silt fence and provide intermediate
impoundment

Provide leakproof joint at junction of

the returns and main silt fence
alignment

Provide leakproof joint at join using wooden

stakes buried 200mm in to the ground and
extending the full height of the fabric

Silt fence with returns and support wire

Figure 82: Schematic of a silt fence

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 126

Drawing Plotted: 23 Feb 2016 8:05 AM

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Geotextile fixed firmly to

post/waratah

600mm
minimum height
of geotextile

200mm
depth of fabric

Compacted backfill
Trench geotextile
200mm minimum

Cross - section

Overlap wooden battens

Staple Staple
Section B

Section A Screw together

Staple Staple

Standard fabric joint

Figure 83: Silt fence cross-section

127 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F1.3.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

For constructing and/or operating silt fences, follow the following steps and refer Figure 84 below:

STEP 1

200
mm
Dig a 200mm deep trench

Waratah

STEP 2
Hammer in 1m waratahs or wooden fence
post 200mm into the trench, therefore

600
mm
400mm below original ground level

200
mm
200
mm
Waratah

STEP 3
Install single galvanised wire and tension it
at 50m intervals
600
mm
200
mm
200
mm

Waratah
STEP 4
Install single layer of geotextile fabric hard
against the side of the trench (800mm total
600
mm

height)
200
mm
200
mm

Waratah
STEP 5
Back fill and compact well (critical)
600
mm
200
mm
200
mm

Figure 84: Step-by-step installation of a silt fence

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 128

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Use silt fence material appropriate to the site conditions and in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications
Always install silt fences along the contour (refer Figure 85)
Excavate a trench a minimum of 100 mm wide and 200 mm deep along the proposed line
of the silt fence
Use waratahs at least 1.5 m in length
Install the support waratahs on the down-slope edge of the trench and silt fence fabric on the
up-slope side of the support waratahs to the full depth of the trench, then backfill the trench
with compacted soil
Install the waratahs so that they are as flat as possible against the silt fence. If the waratah
edge is against the silt fence, it will rub and eventually rip against the waratah
Use correct silt fence clips (refer Figure 86) to secure the silt fence material to the top wire.
Wire ties and staples rip the silt fence material when the weight of the impounded water
pushes against the silt fence and are not to be used
Reinforce the top of the silt fence fabric with a support made of high tensile 2.5 mm diameter
galvanised wire. Tension the wire using permanent wire strainers attached to angled waratahs
at the end of the silt fence
Where ends of silt fence fabric come together, ensure they are overlapped, folded and stapled/
screwed to prevent sediment bypass.

Figure 85: Contours create the same effect as Figure 86: Use of silt fence clips
returns in this case

129 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

Maintenance
To maintain silt fences:

Inspect silt fences at least once a week and after each rainfall
Check for damage including rips, tears, bulges in the fabric, broken support wires, loose waratahs,
overtopping, outflanking, undercutting, and leaking joins in fabric
Make any necessary repairs as soon as identified
As the geotextile material becomes clogged with sediments, this will result in increased duration
of ponding. Therefore, careful cleaning of the silt fence geotextile with a light broom or brush
may be appropriate
Remove sediment when bulges occur or when sediment accumulation reaches 20% of the fabric height
Remove sediment deposits as necessary (prior to 20% of fabric height) to continue to allow for
adequate sediment storage and reduce pressure on the silt fence
Dispose of sediment to a secure area to ensure that it does not discharge to the receiving environment.

F1.3.3 Decommissioning
When decommissioning a silt fence:

Do not remove silt fence and accumulated sediment until the catchment area has been
appropriately stabilised
Remove and correctly dispose of accumulated sediment
Backfill trench, re-grade and stabilise the disturbed area.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 130

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

F1.4 Super silt fences

F1.4.1 Design

Definition
A super silt fence is a temporary barrier of woven geotextile fabric
over a chain link fence that is used to capture predominantly
coarse sediments carried in sheet flows (refer Figures 87 and 88).
Super silt fences temporarily impound sediment-laden runoff,
reduce velocities and allow sediment to settle out of the water.

Purpose Figure 87: Super silt fence

The purpose of a super silt fence is to detain runoff flows so

that deposition of transported sediment can occur through settlement.

Conditions where practice applies

Super silt fences should be used:

To intercept sheet flow

To delineate the limit of disturbance on an earthworks site such as riparian areas or bush reserves
To provide a barrier that can collect and hold debris and soil, preventing the material from
entering critical areas, watercourses or streets
Where the installation of an earth or topsoil bund would destroy sensitive areas such as bush
and wetlands.
Super silt fences should be placed as close to the contour as possible. No section of the fence should
exceed a grade of 5% for a distance of more than 15 m.

Do not install super silt fences across watercourses or in areas of concentrated flows.

Limitations
The following limitations apply to super silt fences:

Super silt fences do not capture many soil particles finer than 0.02 mm in diameter (for example
fine silts and clays) due to the short detention time of water behind the super silt fence and
relatively large pore size of most fabrics
The pores in the super silt fence fabric become clogged relatively quickly with fine textured
sediments, which result in the fabric becoming impermeable

131 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

They are only used for sheet flows not concentrated flows. Do not use super silt fences as check
dams in channels (to reduce velocities) or place them where they will intercept concentrated flows
Super silt fences should be used a part of a treatment train approach.

Key design criteria

The following design criteria apply to super silt fences (also refer Figure 88):

Ensure super silt fence height is 800 mm above ground level

Maximum slope lengths, spacing of returns and maximum silt fence lengths are shown in Table 13
Always install super silt fences along the contour (at a break in slope). Where this is not possible, or
where there are long sections of super silt fence, install short silt fence returns projecting up-slope
from the silt fence to minimise the concentration of flows. Silt fence returns should be a minimum
2 m in length, and can incorporate a tie back. They are generally constructed by continuing the silt
fence around the return and doubling back, eliminating joins
Join lengths of silt fence by doubling over fabric ends around a waratah or by stapling the fabric
ends to a batten and butting the two battens together
Install silt fence returns at either end of the silt fence, projecting up-slope to a sufficient height
to prevent outflanking
When considering super silt fence installation for larger catchments (greater than 0.5 ha) as in Table
13, carefully consider the specific site conditions and other alternative control measures available
Base the length of the super silt fence on the limits shown in Table 13

Table 13: Super silt fence design criteria

Slope steepness % Slope length (m) Spacing of returns (m) Super silt fence length
(maximum) (m) (maximum)
0 – 10% Unlimited 60 Unlimited
10 – 20% 60 50 450
20 – 33% 30 40 300
33 – 50% 30 30 150
> 50% 15 20 75

Where the ends of the geotextile fabric come together, overlap, fold and staple the fabric ends
to prevent sediment bypass
The geotextile fabric must meet the following requirements:
−− Grab tensile strength: >440N (ASTM D4632)
−− Tensile modulus: 0.140 pa (minimum)
−− Apparent opening size: 0.1 – 0.5mm (ASTM D4751).

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 132

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

2-4m

Upper tensioned
galvanised wire

minimum
800 mm
Lower tensioned

400mm
galvanised wire
Ground
Level

600-800mm
minimum
200 mm
Waratahs or standard Flow Flow
wooden fenceposts

Elevation

Chain link fencing between

posts and geotextile

Geotextile - 2nd layer

Geotextile - 1st layer

Flow
2nd layer geotextile
1st layer geotextile
400 mm

800 mm

Warratah back stays install as

extra support where required

Embed geotextile and netting support 200mm min.

into ground (cover with suitable backfill and compact)

Cross - section

Figure 88: Schematic of a super silt fence

133 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F1.4.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

For construction and/or operation of super silt fences, follow the following key steps and refer to
Figure 89 below:

Use super silt fence material appropriate to the site conditions and in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications
Always install super silt fences along the contour
Excavate a trench a minimum of 100mm wide and 200 mm deep along the proposed line of the
super silt fence
Use supporting waratahs at least 1.8 m in length
Ensure the 1.8 m long waratahs are driven to an appropriate depth (0.8 m minimum)
Install tensioned galvanised wire (2.5 mm HT) at 400 mm and again at 800 mm above ground.
Tension the wire using permanent wire strainers attached to angled waratahs at the ends of the
super silt fence
Secure chain link fence to the waratahs with wire ties or staples, ensuring the chain link fence
goes to the base of the trench
Fasten the super silt fence material securely with ties spaced every 600 mm at the top and mid-
section of the super silt fence. (Note: Most manufactures now supply specific super silt fence
geotextile with the two layers of geotextile already joined)
Place the super silt fence material into the base of the trench (a minimum of 200 mm into the
ground) and place compacted backfill back to the original ground level
When two sections of super silt fence material adjoin each other, ensure they are doubled over
a minimum of 300 mm, wrapped around a waratah and fastened at 75 mm spacings to prevent
sediment bypass.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 134

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

STEP 1

200
mm
Dig a 200mm deep trench
Chain link fencing Waratah
Silt cloth 1st layer
Silt cloth 2nd layer

Waratah STEP 4
STEP 2
Hammer in 1.8m waratahs Install chain link fencing and
800mm into the trench two layers of geotextile
fabric - first layer is 600mm

800

800
mm

mm
(therefore 1000mm below
original ground level) total height and second is
1000mm total height.

400
200

200
mm

mm
600 - 800

600 - 800
mm

mm
Chain link fencing Waratah
Waratah Silt cloth 1st layer
Silt cloth 2nd layer

STEP 3 STEP 5

Install two rows galvanised wire Back fill and compact well
and tension at 50m intervals (critical)
800

800
mm

mm
400

400
200

200
mm

mm
600 - 800

600 - 800
mm

Figure 89: Step-by-step installation of a super silt fence

135 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION
SECTION
F -E:SEDIMENT
EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

Maintenance
To maintain super silt fences:

Inspect super silt fences at least once a week and after each rainfall
Check for damage including rips, tears, bulges in the fabric, broken support wires, loose waratahs,
overtopping, outflanking, undercutting, and leaking joins in the fabric
Make any necessary repairs as soon as identified
As the geotextile material becomes clogged with sediments, the duration of ponding increases.
Therefore, careful cleaning of the super silt fence geotextile with a light broom or brush may be
appropriate
Remove sediment when bulges occur or when sediment accumulation reaches 20% of the fabric
height
Remove sediment deposits as necessary (prior to deposits reaching 20% of fabric height) to
continue to allow for adequate sediment storage and reduce pressure on the super silt fence
Dispose of sediment to a secure area to ensure it does not discharge to the receiving environment.

F1.4.3 Decommissioning
For decommissioning of super silt fences:

Do not remove the super silt fence and accumulated sediment until the catchment area has been
appropriately stabilised
Remove and correctly dispose of accumulated sediment
Backfill trench, re-grade and stabilise the disturbed area.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 136

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

F1.5 Silt socks

F1.5.1 Design

Definition
Silt socks are a tubular stormwater sediment control
and filtration device, consisting of a mesh tube filled
with a filter material (e.g. compost, sawdust, wood
bark, straw) used to intercept and filter runoff (refer
Figure 90). They are also referred to as ‘filter socks’.

Purpose
Silt socks have a limited capacity to capture and treat
sediment-laden flows and so are generally used for Figure 90: Silt sock used to provide control
small, flat, isolated catchment areas (refer Tables 14 during final landscaping
and 15 below).

Silt socks temporarily impound sediment-laden runoff, slowing down the flow rate and allowing
sediment to settle out of the water.

Silt socks can be used to:

Intercept and impound sheetflow

Intercept and impound runoff before it enters a catchpit or other stormwater inlet
Reduce the velocity of runoff flows within a channel (as a check dam)
Contain and impound discharges from pumped stormwater or concrete washwater
(commonly referred to as a ‘turkeys nest’).
Silt socks can be used to divert flows and are commonly used for this purpose across haul roads when
rain is forecast, or at the end of the day. They are also used as check structures in diversion drains and
flow paths. These uses are not discussed in this section, which is restricted to the use of silt socks as a
sediment management tool. For use of a silt sock device for catchpit protection refer to Section F1.6.

Conditions where practice applies

Silt socks should be used:

On small, low gradient sites (e.g. short batter fills and around watercourses and vegetated
or protected areas) (refer Tables 14 and 15)
As a secondary containment and treatment structure where it is not possible to divert flows to
a sediment retention facility
Where it is necessary to slow channel velocity
Where concrete washwater or pumped stormwater is required to be treated prior to discharge.

137 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

Limitations
The following limitations apply to silt socks:

Silt socks can only to be used in very small catchments (refer Tables 14 and 15)
Silt socks have a low sediment storage capacity and therefore do not capture many fine soil particles
(for example fine silts and clays) due to the short detention time of water behind the silt sock
Over relatively short periods of time, the filter material can settle/compact, resulting in a
reduction in both storage volume and filtration capacity. As such, silt socks are only appropriate
as a short-term control
As a sediment treatment device, they should only be used for sheet flows, not concentrated flows.
Using a silt sock as a check dam in channels (to reduce velocities) or placing them where they will
intercept concentrated flows, is a separate management approach (refer to check dams in Section
E2.4)
Silt socks are heavy, particularly when wet. Generally they require an excavator to move them,
which can result in damage to the silt sock
Silt socks can be difficult to install in complete contact with the ground on coarse or uneven terrain.
Silt socks have high maintenance requirements (refer section F1.5.2)
Silt socks are susceptible to traffic damage
Do not use silt socks as a standalone treatment device. Rather they should be used a part of a
treatment train approach.

Key design criteria

The following design criteria apply to silt socks:

Perimeter control

Ensure the appropriate sized silt sock is used (see design criteria in Tables 14 and 15).

Table 14: 300 mm diameter silt sock

Slope steepness (%) Maximum slope length (m) Spacing of returns (m)
Flatter than 2% 100 N/A
2%-10% 40 30
10%-20% 30 25
20%-33% 10 10
33%-50% 5 10
>50% 2 5

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 138

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Table 15: 450 mm diameter silt sock

Slope steepness (%) Maximum slope length (m) Spacing of returns (m)
Flatter than 2% 150 N/A
2%-10% 60 30
10%-20% 40 25
20%-33% 20 10
33%-50% 10 10
>50% 5 5

Compost specifications

Ensure the compost medium used in the silt sock is free from contaminants and meets the
specifications in Table 16.

Table 16: Specifications for compost

Parameter Unit of measure Specification

pH pH units 5.0-8.5
Moisture content % wet weight basis >60
Organic matter content % dry weight basis 25-100
Particle size % passing a selected mesh size, 50 mm 99% passing; 10 mm
dry weight basis 30-50% passing (or 50-70%
retained); maximum 50 mm.

Bark specification

Use 2-10 mm chip.

Ensure bark is free from contaminants.

Sawdust specification
Do not use treated wood sawdust.
Ensure sawdust is free from contaminants.

Straw specification
Ensure straw is free from weed seeds and contaminants.

General specifications for sock media

The filter medium should be clean and free from contamination.

The material used to fill the sock will depend on the application. For example, if the sock is to be used
as a filter, a porous material like rocks or wood bark will not be effective.

139 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F1.5.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

Silt socks can either be filled on site or prefabricated in suitable lengths prior to delivery to the site.

The silt sock should be produced from HDPE or polyester material with abrasion resistant netting weaves
(a thread diameter of not less than 0.3 mm). The recommended weave for a compost sock (refer Figure
91) is an opening in the knitted mesh of 1-5 mm when filled. The weave for straw socks should have
openings of no more than 20 mm. The silt sock shall then be filled with compacted filter material meeting
the specifications detailed above.

Silt socks using a light filter medium such as straw or wood chips must be tied down using stakes and
twine to prevent ‘floating’.

Note: The above requirement to secure silt socks with a light filter medium will generally preclude their
use on impervious surfaces such as concrete or seal.

For construction and/or operation of silt socks:

Always install silt socks on the contour. Where this is not possible, or where there are long
sections of silt sock, install short silt sock returns, projecting up-slope from the silt sock to
minimise concentration of flows. Returns are to be a minimum of 2 m in length
Where more than one length of silt sock is used, the silt socks are to be overlapped a minimum
of 1 m (refer Figure 92) or, according to the manufacturer’s recommendation, and joined by a
sleeve (refer Figure 93)
Install silt sock “wings” at either end of the silt sock, projecting a sufficient length up-slope to
prevent outflanking
Silt socks are to be pegged and secured depending on the application.
For additional security, bale twine may be used as shown in Figure 94. The bale twine is secured
(four turns with a half hitch) to the pine stakes and tensioned when the stakes are driven into place.

Figure 91: Compost silt socks with returns installed Figure 92: Silt sock with 1m overlapping joint

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 140

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Figure 93: Silt sock joined using a sleeve and Figure 94: Straw sock secured in place using
pegged and secured using bailing twine with 1 m stakes and bale twine; note the stakes are
overlapping joint placed every 600 mm

When using silt socks to construct turkeys nests (refer Figure 95):

Set up a ring of silt socks, with the proposed pumping discharge point in the centre of the ring
Ensure that the treated discharge from the “turkeys nest” will not result in erosion or the
remobilisation of sediment
The size of the ring will depend on the flows that are to be pumped. The flow and size of the
ring will need to be such that the ring is not overtopped
A base-laid permeable geotextile may be used to collect settled debris.

Maintenance
Consider the following when maintaining silt socks:

Silt socks should be inspected regularly and after each

rainfall event to ensure sediment control efficiency is
maintained
Accumulated sediment greater than 20% of the
height of the silt sock should be removed, or another
silt sock placed on top of the existing silt sock to
maintain adequate sediment control Figure 95: ‘Turkeys nest’
Reuse of silt socks is possible provided the integrity
of the sock and fill media is maintained.

F1.5.3 Decommissioning
Consider the following when decommissioning (removing)
silt socks:

Do not remove the silt sock and accumulated

sediment until the catchment area has been Figure 96: Silt sock used to provide
appropriately stabilised (refer Figure 96) control during final landscaping works
Remove and dispose of accumulated sediment.

141 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION
SECTION
F -E:SEDIMENT
EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

F1.6 Stormwater inlet protection

F1.6.1 Design

Definition
Stormwater inlet protection is a barrier across or around a
catchpit, a water sensitive design (WSD) device (e.g. rain garden)
or other stormwater inlet. The protection may take various forms Figure 97: Stormwater inlet
depending upon the type of inlet to be protected (refer Figure 97). protection silt fence within a
construction yard (Note: Flooding
not an issue in this case)
Purpose
This practice is used to intercept and filter sediment-laden runoff before it enters a reticulated
stormwater system, via a catchpit, scruffy dome, manhole or WSD device. This reduces discharge
of sediment-laden flows into receiving environments or into a permanent sediment control system
during construction.

Conditions where practice applies

Stormwater inlet protection is a secondary sediment control device and must not be used as a
standalone device. It must only be used in conjunction with other ESC measures, as part of a broader
and more comprehensive ESC system.

Limitations
Stormwater inlet protection has the following limitations:

It should not be used as a standalone treatment device

It should not be used in concentrated flows such as at the inlet to a culvert
It can have relatively low sediment removal efficiency and low sediment storage capacity
It has high maintenance requirements (refer Section F1.6.2)
There is potential for blockage of the device and therefore, increased risk of inundation
The device can cause flooding to road carriageways due to its limited hydraulic capacity. Flooding
can lead to public safety issues
The device is easily damaged by vehicles and construction equipment.

Key design criteria

The following design criteria apply to stormwater inlet protection devices:

Complete blocking of the stormwater system must be avoided, as this will divert flows during
heavy rain and may cause other devices to become overwhelmed and/or create flooding hazards
The height of catchpit protection within live road environments must be less than the kerb height
so that runoff does not cause local flooding and/or direct flows to other nearby catchments.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 142

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Silt fence

A silt fence (refer Section F1.3) can be erected around the

inlet. This method is appropriate where catchpits have
been connected to a stormwater system and are collecting
runoff from disturbed soil surfaces within a construction
site, where the retention of water will not create a flooding
hazard (refer Figure 98). This is not appropriate for road
maintenance or upgrade works within a ‘live’ roading
situation where impounded water will create flooding issues.
Figure 98: Good use of a silt fence installed
to protect a new stormwater catchpit
Check dams where impounded water will not create a
flooding hazard
A series of low sandbag check dams can be installed up
the gutter from the catchpit to act as a series of small
sediment traps (refer Section E2.4). The check dams require
a spillway lower than the kerb to ensure that runoff does
not encroach onto the berm area and cause scouring.
Check dams should comprise up to six sandbags laid end
to end, with no gaps, in an arc away from the kerb and up
the road to create a series of impoundment areas.

This measure is only suitable for very small catchment areas.

Check dams can also be constructed from silt socks Figure 99: Installation of a silt sock to
(refer below), which will also provide a minor degree provide some protection to the catchpit
of filtration.

Silt socks

A silt sock (refer Section F1.5) can be placed around the inlet to act as a small sediment trap immediately
up-slope of the catchpit (refer Figure 99). The silt sock needs to completely ‘ring fence’ the catchpit.

This measure is only suitable for very small catchment areas.

143 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F1.6.2 Construction, operation and maintenance requirements

Construction and operation

Consider the following when constructing and/or operating stormwater inlet protection devices:

Construction specifications will vary according to the type of inlet protection

Always ensure an emergency bypass is included. Plan for where the bypass system will divert
water to
Ensure the device does not allow water to bypass its intended flow path.

Keep all stockpiles and loose sediment away from roadside table drains.

Maintenance
Consider the following when maintaining stormwater inlet protection measures:

Maintenance will vary according to the type of inlet protection

Inspect daily and during and after rainfall events
Beware of blockages and leaks that may affect performance
Check to see if flows have been diverted away from the device and what if any damage has
been caused
Clean all accumulated sediments immediately
Repair and modify any problems immediately
Remove devices as soon as works are complete.

F1.6.3 Decommissioning
Consider the following when decommissioning stormwater inlet protection measures:

Devices must be decommissioned and removed after use

Decommissioning will vary according to the type of inlet protection
Remove and dispose of any accumulated sediments
Remove control measures, then reuse and recycle components
Stabilise any disturbed areas.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 144

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

F2.0 Coagulant and flocculant treatment

F2.1 General
Note: This section outlines some guidance on the application of flocculants and coagulants for the
purposes of ESC. It is intended to supplement information in Auckland Council’s Technical Publication
TP227 - The Use of Flocculants and Coagulants to Aid the Settlement of Suspended Sediment in
Earthworks Runoff: Trials, Methodology and Design, June 2004.

F2.1.1 Definition
This type of treatment comprises the addition of reagents to sediment-
laden runoff to increase the rate of settlement of fine soil particles. The
treatment relies on two basic processes: coagulation and flocculation.
A number of reagents are available; preference should be given to those
which have a minimal impact on the receiving environment.

F2.1.2 Purpose
Flocculation and/or coagulation can be used to improve the efficiency
of sediment retention devices. The physical and chemical nature of
suspended clay particles means they settle very slowly. By adding Figure 100: Rainfall activated
certain reagents to the suspension, these particles join together to form flocculant treatment device
larger particles and settle much more rapidly; thereby increasing the
effectiveness and efficiency of the sediment retention device.

The reagent used, and the method of its use, is dependent on the soils onsite and the design of the
sediment retention device.

F2.1.3 Coagulation
Coagulation will be most effective with soils that have a high proportion of fine colloidal particles. These
particles typically have a negative electrostatic surface charge. These ‘like charged’ particles tend to repel
each other, preventing coagulated particles from forming, such that the particles remain in suspension.

By adding a reagent that develops positive charges the colloidal material is destabilised, allowing the
particles to clump together (coagulate) forming larger heavier particles.

F2.1.4 Flocculation
In the process of flocculation, the particles join together following the addition of the reagent to form
‘flocs’, which join together forming larger, heavier particles that settle more rapidly.

145 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F2.1.5 Conditions where practice applies

This type of treatment will be effective for the majority of soils in the Auckland region, particularly
in sediment retention ponds. To determine the likely effectiveness of treatment, a ‘bench test’ should
be undertaken. The bench test will provide information on which coagulants and flocculants are most
effective and the optimal dosage rate at which they should be applied. A bench test involves collecting
a sample of the earthworks site’s soil, mixing it with water in a clear cylinder and measuring the time
the suspended sediment takes to settle.

Treatment for a sediment retention pond (SRP) should typically always be provided. In addition,
decanting earth bunds (DEBs, refer to Section F1.2) can benefit from treatment.

F2.1.6 Limitations
The following limitations apply to treatment:

Treatment should cease when the pH drops below 5.5 or rises above 8.5 (when using PAC)
Treatment requires a high degree of monitoring and maintenance (refer Section F2.2)
Spills of reagents can have significant adverse effects on the receiving environment
In significant rainfall events (>15 mm in 24 hours), the rate of use needs to be carefully
monitored so that the system does not run out of reagent.
Due to the above limitations treatment should only be implemented under the supervision of a suitably
experienced and qualified professional.

F2.1.7 Treatment options

There are a number of treatment options in relation to both reagent type and the nature of dosing. The
selection of the appropriate reagent will be subject to the soils on site, the sediment control measures
used and the receiving environment. Mana whenua values should be considered in the choice with
consideration given to organic alternatives where practicable. In all cases, bench testing of a variety of
reagents is required to establish which option is most appropriate for sediment removal and receiving
environment protection.

The majority of experience and research In the Auckland Region to date relates to the use of poly
aluminium chloride (PAC). The guidance in the following sections therefore uses PAC as an example, as
it is the best understood reagent at present. However, PAC may not be the most effective reagent in
all situations due to site and subregional variances in soils or receiving environments. This is why bench
testing of alternatives is crucial. Ongoing research into the use of other reagents is encouraged, and
this guidance may be updated as understanding of the use and effects of other reagents develops. The
majority of flocculants are typically available in a liquid or a solid (granulated) form, allowing dosing by
either a rainfall activated system, a geosynthetic sock (floc sock) or batch dosing (refer to design details
for each below).

The specific details of alternative reagents and dosing procedures proposed for each site should be
included in the Flocculation Management Plan (FMP)(also often referred to as a Chemical Treatment
Management Plan (CTMP)). The following sections detail the three main forms of treatment and dosing:

Rainfall activated treatment (also called rainfall activated dosing, refer Figure 100)
Floc sock treatment (also called floc sock dosing)
Batch treatment (also called batch dosing).
Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 146
Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Safety
The Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each reagent used in the treatment system should be
obtained and the health and safety requirements reviewed and implemented at all times.

Storage of the bulk reagent required to replace used reagent should be in accordance with standard
practice for storage of hazardous materials on site. Specifically, the reagent should be stored in a secure
bunded facility.

The bunded area should either be covered to avoid rain collecting in the bunded area, or a regular
maintenance programme should be implemented to drain rainfall that is collected, maximising the
capacity of the bunded area for containing spills.

Storage of the reagent at each pond site should be within the locked shed. A small number of unopened
drums of reagent may be stored adjacent to the shed to facilitate replenishment, particularly over winter.
These drums should be located and stored in a manner that minimises the risk of a spill from the drums.

The transportation of reagent to and from the project should be undertaken in accordance with the
required hazardous goods, traffic and transport regulations.

On site, the reagents should be transported in sealed containers, securely retained within the site
vehicle. These containers should be small enough that they can be easily handled and only the expected
required volume is transported.

The use of these reagents should be in accordance with the site Health and Safety Management Plan.

147 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F2.2 Rainfall activated treatment

Rainfall activated treatment is the preferred option for treatment of sediment-laden runoff as it
provides an appropriate level of dosage based on the rainfall volume and intensity.

A rainfall activated system is appropriate for most liquid reagents. The following guidance outlines
best practice for the design, installation, operation and maintenance of a rainfall activated system, and
provides specific details for the use of PAC as an example reagent. Alternative reagents may also be
used, and the specifics of that reagent will need to be taken into consideration during the design of the
system and specified in the FMP. The specifics that will need to be considered are:

The required dose rate as determined by bench testing

The specific gravity of the reagent in the form to be used. Many reagents will require a degree of
dilution to be suitable for this system.
The device operates as follows (refer Figure 102):

Rainfall is collected in the catchment tray and discharged to the header tank.
The header tank provides storage capacity to avoid dosing during initial rainfall following a dry
period, and to attenuate dosing at the beginning and end of a rainstorm (to simulate the runoff
hydrograph). The header tank provides:
−− Zero flocculant discharge until a pre-selected quantity of rain has fallen, to allow for initial
infiltration and saturation of dry ground before runoff commences
−− A slow start to the dosing rate to allow for the response time of runoff flowing off the site
at the beginning of a storm
−− An extension of the dosing period beyond the rainfall period to provide treatment of runoff
that occurs following cessation of rainfall.
From the header tank, the rainwater discharges by gravity through low and high flow outlets into
the displacement tank, which floats in the flocculant reservoir tank. As the displacement tank
fills with rainwater, reagent is displaced through the outlet in the flocculant reservoir tank and
then flows by gravity to the dosing point.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 148

149
Rainfall tray

Pipe to rainwater header

Housing

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

Header tank
High rate outlet (10mmØ)
Header tank drain Low rate outlet (3mmØ) Posts
Shut off valve
Timber frame
Displacement tank
Front Rear
Lockable door

Flocculant reservoir tank Hose to convey

flocculant to inflow

Figure 101: Rainfall activated treatment system

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region
SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F2.2.1 Design

Conditions where practice applies

Treatment using a rainfall activated system is best used when using liquid reagents where any of the
following apply:

The duration of treatment is long (more than 4 weeks)

The catchment area is greater than 0.5 ha
Earthworks are during periods of increased rainfall (e.g. winter)
The site is unattended for more than 24 hours.

Key design criteria

General

The main components of the rainfall activated flocculant treatment device are (refer Figure 101):

Rainfall catchment tray

Header tank
Displacement tank
Flocculant reservoir tank.

The size of the rainfall catchment tray is determined by the size of the catchment draining to the
sediment retention pond. The tray is sized to provide flocculant treatment for 100% of the runoff from
the exposed earthworks areas, and 60% of the runoff from the stabilised contributing catchment area.
The design of the tray is set out in Figure 102.

Laboratory tests need to be undertaken using sediment-laden runoff from the site, and the optimal
dose determined.

The discharge of the flocculant should be to the turbulent section of the inlet drain, to ensure the floc
mixes thoroughly with the dirty water.

Figure 102: Rainfall catchment tray

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 150

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Rainfall catchment tray

The rainfall catchment tray (refer Figure 102) area will increase
as the dosage rate or contributing area increase.
The rainfall catchment tray area will decrease as the dosage rate
or contributing area decrease.

Header tank

The zero flocculant discharge rainfall volume can be adjusted

manually for site characteristics by adding or removing water from
the header tank (refer Figure 103).
The header tank requires a drain hose as low as practical to allow
Figure 103: Header tank
the header tank to be fully emptied and or to adjust the zero discharge
volume. This drain should include a valve for ease of use.
Low rate and high rate outlets need to be installed.
The low rate outlet consists of an outlet hose with a 3 mm orifice. The standard header tank
design allows for 12 mm of rainfall before dosing commences.
The high rate outlet consists of an outlet hose with a 10 mm orifice. The high rate outlet invert
should be positioned at that point reached by a further 12 mm of rainfall.
The slow start/attenuation characteristics can be regulated for site characteristics, if necessary,
by providing more than one low rate outlet and at different levels from the header tank.
The header tank should have a minimum freeboard of 50 mm above the top of the high rate
outlet pipe.

Displacement tank

The displacement tank needs to be a neat fit inside the flocculant

reservoir tank. However it should not be so snug that it can jam or
prevent additional flocculant from being added.
The displacement tank should have capacity to hold runoff from the
50% AEP event.

Flocculant reservoir tank

The flocculant reservoir tank needs to be only slightly larger than the
displacement tank. The larger the reservoir and displacement tanks
are, the less servicing required.
The flocculant reservoir tank requires sufficient capacity, set by the Figure 104: Flocculation shed
height of the outlet hose, to provide for the dosing of runoff from
the 50% AEP rainfall event.
A 20 mm (minimum) diameter outlet hose needs to be installed in the side of the tank to drain
through the side of the shed (refer Figure 104) to the pond inlet channel.
The dosing point of the outlet into the sediment-laden diversion should be at least 5 m upstream
of the forebay to promote mixing of the flocculant.

151 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F2.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Treatment should only be implemented under the supervision of a suitably experienced and qualified
professional.

The following provides guidance on the installation, operation and maintenance of treatment systems.
Specific details are also provided for the use of PAC as this is currently the most well-documented
reagent within the Auckland region. Alternative reagents are also acceptable, provided the specifics of
that reagent are taken into consideration during the construction of the system and are specified in the
management plan.

Construction (installation)
For construction of a rainfall activated treatment system:

The shed can be constructed of a number of materials. Timber framed plywood is the typical
construction material
Ensure that the shed is large enough to accommodate the various tanks without restricting their
operation
Ensure the shed is of durable construction. Consider lifting points or skids to allow for easy
relocation
Ensure that the shed, particularly the rainfall catchment tray, is well secured to the ground to
prevent wind damage
Ensure the shed has a lockable door for security and public safety
Locate the shed in a location that allows servicing and maintenance in all weather conditions.

Operation and maintenance

For operation and/or maintenance of a rainfall activated treatment system:

The maintenance requirements need to be assessed before and following every rainfall event, or
during rainfall events if exceptionally heavy and/or prolonged rainfall occurs
Before the site is left unattended for weekends or other periods, the treatment system should
be serviced by the responsible site staff member so that the maximum amount of runoff can be
treated by the dosing system
The system may require some ongoing adjustment to suit the site characteristics and runoff (as
explained further below).

Header tank

The header tank is used to delay dosing during the initial stages of rainfall when site conditions
are dry and no runoff is expected. The header tank also regulates the discharge of reagent
to mimic surface runoff, specifically by allowing a higher outfall during heavy rainfall and by
increasing the duration of discharge beyond the end of rainfall
The volume in the header tank is lowered using the lowest of the three outlet tubes:
−− After 3 days without rain - reduce volume to 50%
−− After 6 days without rain - reduce volume to empty (level at lowest outlet)

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 152

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

In wet weather, or if the site is generally wet, water may be added manually to the header tank
to cut down the response time so that the system responds more rapidly after rain commences
If the system is to be operated over the winter period, then the system should also be set to
‘no delay’
Adjusting the water level within the header tank can be used to regulate under or overdosing of
the pond. Under-dosing may lead to discharge of higher levels of suspended sediment from the
pond. Whereas overdosing of PAC may cause a reduction in pH, raising the potential for aluminium
within the PAC to react, forming toxic aluminium compounds that are bioavailable to fresh and
marine water organisms. Adjusting the water level within the header tank should only be an
interim measure until further bench testing and/or tray sizing takes place.

Refilling the flocculant reservoir

When the volume of flocculant in the reservoir tank is reduced such that there is insufficient
reagent to dose a major storm, the displacement tank should be emptied and the flocculant
reservoir refilled
The displacement tank may either be emptied using a siphon, bailed out by hand or pumped.
The method of emptying this tank should be considered in the design of the shed
The flocculant reservoir is best filled using a drum pump, to pump from a 200 L drum.

Monitoring and adjusting for changing site conditions

Each new treatment system needs to be monitored carefully during the first few rainfall events
to check that the system is effective, and to check that no over or under-dosing is occurring
Changes in catchment areas and/or soils will also require a review of the treatment system
design. Minor changes can typically be accommodated through a modification of the rainfall
catchment tray. More significant changes will also require a modification of the header tank
If overdosing is suspected, because the pond dead storage water is exceptionally clear, samples
must be taken from the pond for pH and residual chemical analysis. The dosing regime should be
adjusted depending on the outcome of these results
If overdosing occurs, or if it is clear that the quality of stormwater runoff is improving because of
stabilisation of the site, the reagent dose must be reduced by reducing the size of the catchment
tray. This can be done by placing and sealing a board (batten) diagonally across the tray with a
hole through the tray rim at the lower corner, so that water from the tray area above the batten
discharges to waste. Alternatively, a suitably sized piece of plywood can be placed over the lower
section of the tray to reduce the tray area
Debris (such as leaves) should also be removed from the catchment tray to ensure that rainwater
enters the header tank. The low and high rate hoses need to be checked regularly for blockages.
In addition, all hose fittings need to be inspected regularly to identify any leakages
Issues such as poor treatment performance, or consistently very clear treated water, should
be dealt with by consulting a suitably experienced and qualified professional for advice on an
appropriate action.

153 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

Spill management
If there is a reagent spill onto the ground, it should be immediately contained using earth bunds
to prevent it entering water. When using PAC, any spilt reagent should be recovered if possible
and placed in polyethylene containers. If the spilt PAC cannot be recovered, it should be mixed
with a volume of soil equal to at least ten times the volume of spilt PAC. This will effectively
neutralise the PAC. The soil with which the PAC has been mixed should be buried a minimum of
0.5 m below the surface
If there is a reagent spill into ponded water, discharge from the pond to natural water should
be prevented. The ponded water should then be sampled and tested to confirm if the water is
safe to discharge. (For example in the case of PAC, the pH and or free aluminium concentration
should be checked to make sure it is within acceptable limits.)
If there is a spill of reagent into flowing water:
−− Auckland Council should be advised immediately
−− The volume of the spill should be recorded
−− If possible, the water and spilt reagent should be pumped into a bund or pond until all the
spilt reagent has been removed from the watercourse
−− If the reagent cannot be removed from the watercourse, any downstream users should be
identified and advised.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 154

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the AucklandF -Region
SECTION SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F2.3 Floc sock treatment

Floc sock treatment is generally used for smaller catchments or for short durations where the
establishment of a rainfall activated system is not appropriate.

Floc sock treatment is achieved by placing a segmented geosynthetic sock filled with a dry flake form
of a reagent in the dirty water diversion channel, so that dirty water runoff will flow over the floc
sock, dissolving and mixing with the reagent (refer Figure 105).

F2.3.1 Design

Conditions where practice applies

Treatment utilising a floc sock system is best used
where:

The duration of treatment is short (up to 4

weeks), or
The catchment area is smaller than 0.5 ha.

Limitations
The following limitations apply to treatment using a floc Figure 105: Floc sock installed in a half
sock system. round boss pipe with a concrete wing wall
to divert all dirty flows over the floc sock
It is generally not appropriate for:
−− Long-term duration works (greater than 1 month)
−− Large catchments (less than 0.5 ha)
−− Earthwork areas during periods of increased rainfall (e.g. winter)
−− Sites that are unattended for extended periods (more than 48 hours).

Key design criteria

The key design criterion is to identify a reagent that:

Will provide an appropriate increase in sediment retention efficiency

Is not sensitive to over or under dosing in regard to efficiency
Does not result in significant changes to pH as a result of over or under dosing.

The volume of water each sock is able to treat must also be determined, so the correct number of socks
is installed to treat runoff from a 50 mm rainfall event.

155 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 155
SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F2.3.2 Construction operation and maintenance

Construction (implementation)
Treatment should only be implemented under the supervision of a suitably experienced and qualified
professional.

In order to provide the correct dosing, the appropriate number of floc socks should be laid within the
diversion drains approximately 5 m upstream of the forebay of the DEB.

In order for the flows to have maximum contact with the socks, the socks must be placed in a defined
channel, so that the socks come into contact with the full flow depth within the channel for all rainfall
events up to and including the 5% AEP event (maximum flow diverted by the diversion bunds).

Floc socks should be installed in accordance with Figure 106.

Figure 106: Installation of floc socks

Operation and maintenance

The maintenance requirements of the floc sock treatment system need to be assessed before and
following every rainfall event, or during rainfall events if exceptionally heavy and/or prolonged
rainfall occurs.
The floc socks are to be regularly checked to ensure that they remain within the area of
maximum channel flow.
The floc socks are to be regularly checked to ensure that they are not caked with or covered by
accumulated sediment.
Prior to site staff leaving the site unattended for weekends or other periods, the floc socks are to be
checked to ensure that sufficient reagent (floc socks) remain to control runoff from a 50 mm rainfall event.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 156

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

F2.4 Batch dosing treatment

Batch dosing is largely undertaken as a reactive measure to treat impounded runoff that has not been
treated to the correct standard. Batch dosing is achieved by adding the liquid reagent to the surface of
impounded runoff to increase the rate of settlement to achieve the required standard of discharge.

Batch dosing may be undertaken as contingency measure in devices that have been treated by either a
rainfall activated system or a floc sock system.

Batch dosing can be utilised during dewatering processes (see Section G4.2.1).

Batch dosing is not an appropriate treatment measure during rainfall.

F2.4.1 Design

Conditions where practice applies

Batch dosing is appropriate where:

Impounded runoff has not been treated to the correct standard, or

Sediment-laden water has been collected by pumping, or
Impounded sediment-laden water requires pumping.

Limitations
Batch dosing is only suitable for collected runoff. It is not practical to batch dose during rainfall.

Key design criteria

Batch dosing is undertaken to impounded runoff using a liquid reagent.

The dosage rate is determined by bench testing.

The outflow from the device should be stopped until the treatment has achieved an appropriate level
of control.

157 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F2.4.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction (implementation)
Treatment should only be implemented under the supervision of a suitably experienced and qualified
professional.

For construction (implementation) of batch dosing:

Raise the T-bar and block the outlet from the device prior to dosing
Determine the volume of the impounded runoff. From the bench testing, determine the volume
of reactant needed
Add the reactant by spraying it on the surface of the device or by careful application using a
bucket or other small container to evenly disperse the reactant over the surface of the device.
The impounded water will then be mixed with the reactant using one of the following methods:
−− Mixing with a pole, paddle or oar
−− Mixing by circulating the impounded flows through a pump
−− Mixing by dragging semi-submerged floats through the surface area of the impounded water.
Once settlement has occurred (typically 2-3 hours), check the pH and clarity within the device.
If the pH is between the range of 5.5 and 8.5 and the clarity is greater than 100 mm, open the
decant and drain the device
If the clarity is less than 100 mm, add a further dose of reagent at 50% of the original rate and
allow a further settlement period of 2-3 hours allowed before retesting
If the pH levels fall outside the acceptable range of 5.5 to 8.5, seek advice from a suitably
experienced and qualified professional to determine appropriate actions. This could include offsite
removal of impounded water or adding alternate substances, such as sodium carbonate or sodium
bi-sulphate, to alter the pH. Subject to the weather conditions at the time, and the level by which
the range has been exceeded, it may be appropriate to use the impounded water for dust control.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 158

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

F2.5 Decommissioning
The decommissioning of a treatment system requires removal of any remaining reagent. This should
be salvaged for reuse where practical, but should not be mixed with ‘fresh’ reagent to minimise the
potential for contamination of the fresh reagent.

All accumulated sediment must be removed and correctly disposed of.

The shed and tanks should be removed from the site and stored for reuse. (Note: The reuse of the
treatment system will require some degree of modification to suit the specific details of the new site.)

159 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION F - SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

G Specific activities
Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

This section outlines a number of construction activities where ESC measures need to be integrated
into the works or activity. Each activity includes discussion on:

The unique nature of the activity and the associated ESC issues
Best practice ESC for the activity.

Caption

160 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

G1.0 Dewatering

G1.1 Unique nature of this activity

Dewatering is the removal of water from excavations,
tunnelling, trenches and sediment control devices. Dewatering
may be the removal of either surface water or groundwater
that has collected. Dewatering is generally done by pumping.
This process can generate fine textured material that is difficult
to treat and retain on site, even through use of robust sediment
control devices like those described in this guideline.

G1.1.1 Conditions where practice applies Figure 107: Dewatering skip bin

Dewatering devices apply:

To dewater trenches, excavations and low-lying areas

To dewater sediment control devices for maintenance, or at the decommissioning stage.

G1.1.2 Limitations
Dewatering has the following limitations:

Care must be taken when pumping, as it produces fine textured sediment that can have adverse
environmental effects
Always try to minimise the volume of water that requires dewatering. This can be done by
measures such as limiting the length of the open trench or providing diversions above excavations.

G1.2 Best practice ESC for this activity

G1.2.1 Key design criteria

When dewatering, consideration must be given to the following criteria:

Minimise the volume of water and the levels of sediment

Retain sediment-laden water on site to maximise the settling of sediment on site
(Settling may be aided by the addition of flocculant treatment.)
Always dewater the cleaner water at the top first, then pump the residual sediment-laden water
to a sediment retention device, tank or truck. This water can be used as a dust suppressant or to
aid compaction
As a minimum, 100 mm clarity is required to allow water to be discharged offsite
Small volumes of sediment-laden water can be pumped to a silt fence or DEB; however care
needs to be taken to ensure that these devices are not overwhelmed
Larger volumes can be pumped to an SRP. Always pump to the forebay. Subject to the volumes
pumped, the outlet may need to be blocked during pumping and the SRP treated following
pumping. Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 161
Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

There is a variety of options for dewatering, including turkeys nests (refer Figure 109), settling tanks/
skip bins (refer Figure 107) and dewatering bags (refer Figure 108).

Figure 108: Dewatering bag and pipe sock Figure 109: Example of a mobile ‘turkeys nest’ used
for dewatering

G1.2.2 Construction and operation

The following should be considered when constructing and/or operating dewatering devices:

Plan for dewatering well before it is needed. The majority of excavation works will require some
degree of dewatering
Plan and organise works and construction to minimise dewatering volumes; for example,
by limiting the extent of trenching to that which can be worked and backfilled each day
Recycle the water wherever possible (e.g. for dust suppression or earthworks conditioning)
Pump from the top using a float or similar to keep the intake off the bottom of the excavation
(the area to be dewatered). This will remove cleaner water while avoiding mobilisation of
bottom sediments
A minimum of 100 mm water clarity is required to pump directly offsite. If there is not 100 mm
water clarity, the water can either be:
−− Treated in situ until the clarity is achieved and then pumped offsite
−− Pumped to a sediment retention device, tank or skip for settlement or flocculant treatment
device before discharge offsite (Note: If pumping to a DEB or SRP, the outlet should be
blocked or otherwise prevented from discharging until it has been checked that 100mm
clarity has been achieved before the water is released.)
−− Pumped to a tanker and removed offsite
Water clarity can be measured using a black target (such as a black disc). The further away the
disc can be seen, the clearer the water
Small volumes of water can be pumped via dewatering bags or pipe socks
Larger volumes of water can be pumped to a turkeys nest for treatment prior to discharge

162 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

Ensure that the outlet to any pumped water is not creating any erosion issues. In some cases,
an energy dissipater and a stabilised area may need to be constructed to discharge the pumped
flows into
Monitoring of the discharge is critical to ensure the pumped discharge is meeting the required
discharge standards at all times
Take particular care with pumping, as it produces fine-textured sediments that are very difficult
to retain on site
Sediment retention measures are far less effective for controlling dewatering than erosion control
measures (i.e. those that reduce dewatered volumes)
Ensure that any devices that receive pumped flows are suitably sized and appropriately located.
Remember that these devices can hold a significant weight of water when full
Ensure that the outlet of any pump is securely connected or fixed to any device receiving these flows
Dewatering requires close supervision and if not monitored has the potential go wrong fast!
Due to the above limitations all dewatering should be undertaken in accordance with a
Dewatering Plan prepared by a suitably experienced and qualified professional. This Dewatering
Plan needs to include the following details as a minimum:
−− Specific dewatering procedures and methodology
−− Dosing rates and batch dosing methodology if flocculant treatment is required
−− Monitoring, and contingency measures (including a record sheet).

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 163

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

G2.0 Small sites

Auckland Council is preparing a small sites guide entitled ‘Building on small sites – Doing it right’ (to be
released during 2016). This will provide specific advice on best practice ESC for small earthworks sites,
such as housing/building sites.

As with all earthworks, a combination of multiple ESC practices will be required to effectively manage a
small site (a ‘treatment train’ approach). Further detail on those ESC practices of particular relevance to
small sites can be found in the following sections of this guideline:

Erosion control practices:

−− Non-structural approaches (refer Section E1.0)
−− Clean and dirty water diversion channels and bunds (refer Sections E.2.1 and E2.2)
−− Stabilised entranceways (refer Section E2.6). (Note: Achieving the specifications detailed in
Section E2.6 may be different on a small site. The dimensions of a stabilised entrance on
a small site will be dictated by the available space. The stabilised entranceway should be
designed to provide for likely vehicle movements to the site in accordance with the design
purpose, and seek to achieve the outcomes detailed in Section E2.6.1.)
Sediment control practices:
−− Silt fences (refer Section F1.3) (refer Figure 110)
−− Super silt fences (refer Section F1.4)
−− Stormwater inlet protection (refer Section F1.6).
Specific activities:
−− Dewatering (refer Section G1.0).

Figure 110: Silt fence

164 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

G3.0 Roads and utilities

G3.1 Roads

G3.1.1 Unique nature of roading works

Large roading projects, or roads constructed at the time of a new subdivision development, are not
generally space constrained. The conventional ESC methods and devices described in Sections E and F
are generally applicable to these earthworks activities.

However, roading upgrades, repairs or realignments in an existing urban environment have unique
challenges. ESC for such works is not always as straight forward as it is for general construction.

There are a number of aspects of roading projects that can be considered unique. These aspects include
the following:

Road projects are linear projects that may cross a number of catchments
Roading networks can be overland flows paths and the works may alter existing drainage patterns
Works within stormwater flow paths are immediately above, in and around stormwater inlets
The works are constrained in the amount of space that they occupy
The works are often undertaken within a ‘live’ traffic environment
There may be numerous adjacent properties or land use activities
The earthworks areas and volumes associated with road upgrades are often not large in any one
area; however, the long and linear nature of roading projects can have a cumulative effect.

For these reasons roading construction can be more complicated from an ESC perspective relative to
general construction projects.

G3.1.2 Best practice ESC for roading works

In existing urban environments there is often limited space for the construction of conventional
sediment control devices. The emphasis is on utilising a ‘cut and cover’ methodology and stabilising
exposed areas at the end of the each day’s operations. Depending on the extent and nature of the works,
they can often be limited to works within the subgrade or widening operations that allow for a cut to
waste and replace with a stabilised product (aggregate).

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 165

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Design
Consider the following points when planning and designing for roading activities:

Plan the works so as to minimise both the extent and duration of site disturbance, particularly
in high-risk areas such as close to watercourses and on slopes steeper than 18%
Pumping groundwater and rainwater out of trenches or excavations generates sediment-laden
water that can be difficult to treat in the roadway or limited berm areas. Refer to Section G1.0
for advice on dewatering
Consider the limitations of space as a result of site-specific issues (Figure 111) including traffic
management, pedestrian access, and access to commercial and residential properties
In the urban environment, the location of buried services and the proximity of trees also can
have an effect on the selection of ESC devices.

Figure 111: Progressive stabilisation in limited space

166 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

Construction and operation

Address the aspects below when undertaking roading activities:

There is often limited space for the construction of conventional sediment controls devices.
The emphasis is on utilising a “cut and cover” methodology and stabilising exposed areas at the
end of the each day’s operations
Focus on erosion control and stabilise areas as soon as possible (refer Figure 112).
Consider material selection for filling operations (i.e. use of hardfill)
Topsoil and spoil should be stockpiled separately
Do not put stockpiles of topsoil, spoil or bedding material in overland flow paths or within 1 m
of a hazard area such as kerb and channels, stormwater inlets, paved footpaths or driveways
Any stockpiles that remain on site must be covered with a geotextile fabric at the end of each
day or when rain is forecast
Remove excess spoil and/or undercut material from the site as soon as possible, or immediately
incorporate it into other works on site. Where possible, all excavated material that is not required
as part of the backfill should be loaded directly onto a truck and removed offsite
Stabilise exposed areas as soon as possible (aggregate for carriageway and footpath areas and
topsoil, seed and mulch/geotextile for landscaping and berm areas)
Backfill and compact trenches or excavations as soon as possible in an immediate and
progressive manner. (Note: Open trenches in an existing urban environment can also represent
a health and safety issue.)
Dewatering of trenches or excavations must not pollute any stormwater system or downstream
watercourse. Pump sediment-laden water to a retention device for treatment and/or removal,
or direct it to a tanker for appropriate offsite disposal. Refer to Section G1.0 for more information
on dewatering
Take care with all use of lime and cement to avoid discharges into stormwater or waterbodies.

Figure 112: Use of stabilisation products and progressive stabilisation

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 167

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

G3.2 Utilities

G3.2.1 Unique nature of utility works

Unless correctly planned and managed, the installation of services and utilities such as electricity, gas,
water, wastewater and telecommunications can result in significant disturbance to the ground surface. Soil
erosion and sedimentation are common environmental impacts of trenching and dewatering of trenches.

During the development of new subdivisions, installation of utilities and services generally takes place
towards the end of the bulk earthworks phase. Trenching works may, therefore, traverse areas that have
already been stabilised, and in some cases, areas where sediment control measures have already been
decommissioned. The trenches are often long and can cut across different water catchments.

In addition, utilities are consistently being upgraded or installed across the existing urban environment
within the city’s berms and road reserves.

Earthworks associated with the installation of utilities are usually fairly minor in any one area, but
can create a cumulative effect. The works are often undertaken along roads and close to stormwater
inlets. Pumping groundwater and rainwater out of trenches generates sediment-laden water that can
be difficult to treat in the roadway where these works are usually done. Refer to Section G1.0 for
advice on dewatering.

G3.2.2 Best practice ESC for utility works

Design
Consider the following points when planning and designing for installation of utilities:

New subdivisions

Install reticulation systems for water supply, stormwater and wastewater services and for other
services and utilities at the same time as the road works.
Co-ordinate installation of services and utilities with all relevant service providers and authorities,
and where possible, use common trenching.
Make sure that trenching operators working on a larger site are aware of the ESC Plan for the site
overall. They should also understand that they must comply with its provisions as well as with
any specific ESC requirements for their work.
Trenching across flowing streams or watercourses should be avoided. Use an alternative
methodology such as directional boring or aqueducts in these situations.
In areas where ephemeral water is likely to concentrate, a dam should be created above the
site with sandbags or similar. Then the works can commence and the surface reinstated with a
stabilised surface.

168 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

Plan the works so as to minimise both the extent and duration of site disturbance, particularly
in high-risk areas such as close to watercourses and on slopes steeper than 18%.
When trenching is completed independent of other activities on site, plan for progressive
stabilisation and/or restoration of disturbed areas.
Trenches should not be open for any longer than three days; complete the stabilisation of all
disturbance in high-risk areas within two days of backfilling, and within five days in all other areas.

Existing urban environments

There is often limited space for the construction of conventional sediment control devices.
The emphasis is on utilising a “cut and cover” methodology and stabilising exposed areas at the
end of each day’s operations.
Do not trench across flowing streams or watercourses. Use an alternative methodology such
as directional boring or aqueducts in these situations.
Plan the works so as to minimise both the extent and duration of site disturbance, particularly
in high-risk areas such as areas close to watercourses and on slopes steeper than 18%.
When trenching has been completed independent of other activities on site, plan for progressive
stabilisation and/or restoration of disturbed areas.
Trenches should not be open for any longer than possible; complete the stabilisation of all
disturbed areas in an immediate and progressive manner. (Note: Open trenches in an existing
urban environment can also represent a safety issue.)

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 169

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Construction and operation

Address the aspects below when installing utilities (also refer Figure 113 below):

If trenching works affect pre-existing ESC measures, those measures must be carefully removed
and then immediately reinstated at completion of the works.
Additional ESC contingency measures will usually be needed for the duration of trenching
activities, and until the original measures are reinstated or replaced.
Where practicable, plan and undertake works in appropriately sized stages so that trenching is not
open for a period longer than three days, and can be stabilised within the range specified above.
Do not open trenches when there is a risk of high rainfall. (Note: An open trench becomes a
diversion drain; consider where it will discharge.)
Divert above-site water away from work areas with temporary diversion drains (refer Section
E2.1); Do not allow the trench excavation to concentrate or convey runoff.
Topsoil and spoil should be stockpiled separately on the up-slope side of the trench.
Do not put stockpiles of topsoil, spoil or bedding material in overland flow paths or within 1 m
of hazard areas such as kerb and channels, stormwater inlets, paved footpaths or driveways.
Minimise soil loss by protecting all stockpiles with covers such as geotextile fabric.
Remove excess spoil and/or bedding material from the site as soon as work is completed, or
immediately incorporate into other works on site.
Backfill and compact trenches within three days and stabilise the area as soon as possible.
Dewatering of trenches must not pollute any stormwater system or downstream watercourse;
pump sediment-laden water to a sediment retention device or to a tanker for appropriate offsite
disposal. Refer to Section G1.0 for more information on dewatering.

Figure 113: Typical trenching methodology

170 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

G4.0 Works within a watercourse

G4.1 Unique nature of this activity

Works in or around streams have the potential to have a direct impact on watercourse habitat
(e.g. by habitat disturbance or destruction) and on watercourse ecology (such as through sediment
and temperature related effects).

Great care is therefore required for works in and around watercourses to minimise potential effects as
much as possible. Where this is unavoidable, specific construction methodologies and control measures
are required to minimise potential adverse impacts. For guidance on fish relocation or fish passage
issues please refer to Technical Publication 131 (TP 131) – Fish Passage Guidelines for the Auckland
Region, June 2000.

Figure 114: Temporary stream diversion to allow for the

installation of a new culvert

G4.2 Best practice ESC for this activity

Permanent crossings must be constructed in accordance with all relevant design and regulatory
requirements.

When considering temporary works in watercourses, there are a number of different activities that
need to be considered:

Temporary watercourse crossings

Dam and pump or dam and divert
Temporary watercourse diversions (refer Figures 114 and 115).

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 171

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

G4.2.1 Temporary watercourse crossings

Temporary watercourse crossings comprise temporary
culverts or bridge structures installed across a watercourse
for short-term use by construction vehicles.

Temporary watercourse crossings provide a means for

construction vehicles to cross watercourses without moving
sediment into the watercourse or directly affecting the
streambed, generally while the new permanent crossing
is installed. Figure 115: Stabilised clean water
diversion and temporary culvert to
divert streamflows while
Design a new culvert is being constructed

The following design criteria apply to this practice:

Location
If a watercourse crossing is required, select a location where the potential effects of the crossing
(including construction) are minimised. That is, the ESC measure should be located in a section of the
watercourse that is proposed to be modified as part of the permanent design.

Timing
Plan watercourse crossings well before you need them. Construct them during periods of dry weather
and outside fish migration seasons (unless other timing is stated in a resource consent condition). The
Department of Conservation and Fish and Game New Zealand can help identify these periods for
particular watercourses. Complete construction as rapidly as possible and stabilise all disturbed areas
immediately during and following construction.

Bridges
Where available materials and site conditions are adequate to bear the expected loadings, bridges are
preferred over culverts (refer Figure 116). Bridges provide less obstruction to flow and fish migration,
cause little or no modification of the bed or banks, and generally require little maintenance.

However, bridges can be a safety hazard if not designed, installed and maintained appropriately. Specific
engineering design is required for all bridge structures.

Typically, control measures are placed between any soil disturbance needed to build the bridge or
abutments and the steam channel. The control measures might consist of a super silt fence (refer
Section F1.4) or bunds that drain to a DEB (refer Section F1.2).

Figure 116: A temporary bridge in

the process of being installed

172 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

Culvert crossings

Culverts are the most commonly used type of temporary watercourse crossing, and can be easily
adapted to most site conditions (refer Figure 117). The installation and removal of culverts however,
causes considerable damage to watercourses and can also create the greatest obstruction to flood
flows and fish passage. As far as practicable, the temporary culvert should be located in a section of the
watercourse that is to be modified as part of the permanent design (i.e. a section of stream that may
be filled as a result of a new culvert crossing).

When installing a temporary culvert, sizing is important as stormflows could cause erosion or overtop
the culvert causing failure of the temporary access.

For temporary stream crossings the cross-section of the culvert should be sized for approximately
85% of the channel cross-section.

Scour protection is also required to ensure the integrity of the crossing in the event of overtopping
to ensure minimal adverse impacts.

Consideration must be given to overland flowpaths to ensure that larger flows do not cause excessive
safety or environmental impacts. This will typically include confirming that, in larger floods, there is
no increase in flood level upstream (up to the 1% AEP storm in flood sensitive areas).

Even though culverts are temporary, there is a need to ensure that fish passage is not impeded in
permanent streams (refer to TP131 for details).

As well as ESC measures, structural stability, utility and safety must also be taken into account when
designing temporary watercourse crossings. In addition, consents are likely required for the construction
of the proposed crossing. Auckland Council planning staff can assist in this determination. Any temporary
crossing must comply with the conditions of consent or the Auckland Council Planning Rules.

Streamflows will need to be diverted during the installation of the temporary culvert to ensure that the
works can be undertaken in dry conditions. Refer to Sections G4.2.2 and G4.2.3 below for methodologies
to complete streamworks in dry conditions.

Maintenance and decommissioning

Inspect temporary watercourse crossings after rain to
check for blockage in the channel, erosion of the banks,
channel scour or signs of instability. Make all repairs
immediately to prevent further damage to the installation.

When the structure is no longer needed, remove the

structure and all material from the site. This will largely be
undertaken as a reverse of the installation methodology.
Streamflows will need to be diverted while the removal
Figure 117: In the process of constructing
and reinstatement of the stream is underway. Refer to a temporary crossing
Sections G4.2.2 and G4.2.3 below for methodologies to
complete stream works in the dry.

Immediately stabilise all areas disturbed during the removal process by revegetation or artificial
protection as a short-term control measure. Keep machinery clear of the watercourse while removing
the structure.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 173

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

G4.2.2 Dam and pump or dam and divert devices

A dam and pump or a dam and divert are temporary practices used to convey surface water from
above a construction activity downstream of that activity (refer Figure 118).

These diversion methodologies will assist in providing dry working conditions for culvert installation.
Damming a stream and pumping the flows around the worksite back to the stream considerably
minimises disturbance relative to constructing a new diversion channel. With high flow streams,
diversions are sometimes the only option; however with most small streams, damming and pumping
are less harmful to the environment and relatively simple to carry out. The dam is also essential to
temporary waterway diversions that are discussed below in Section G4.2.3.

Design
For this practice, a dam is constructed across the stream with stabilised materials such as sand bags,
sheet metal plate or other suitable construction materials. A pump is installed in the dam and sufficient
hose length must be available to reach below the extent of in-stream works (refer Figure 119). The
pump inlet should be placed in a drum with holes to minimise the possibility of sucking sediment from
the bottom of the dam. Inclusion of a fish screen is recommended. The outlet should be directed to a
stabilised area with an energy dissipater such as rip-rap boulders or similar.

Figure 118: Water being diverted past a construction works area

174 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

A dam and pump methodology can only be used for works with a short duration or where the site
can be stabilised at the end of each work day, so that flows can continue through the stream channel.
Generally, it is not considered appropriate to implement a dam and pump methodology where the
pump is required to be operating day and night for the duration of the operation (due to noise and
pump reliability issues).

Sizing of the pumped diversion for a given storm event depends on the duration of the stream diversion.
As a minimum, the temporary pumping should be sized for a one year peak discharge from the
contributing catchment, These design parameters are based on the assumption that full channel 5% AEP
(20 year) capacity is made available overnight or when storm events are predicted.

Construction and operation

Consider the following when construction and/or operating
these devices:

The dam must be capable of holding back the

incoming flows
The pump must be capable of conveying the flows,
as overtopping the dam will cause environmental and
construction issues with flows passing through the
Figure 119: Commencement of over
work site. pumping to allow for in-stream
works
G4.2.3 Temporary watercourse diversions
These are short-term watercourse diversions that allow work to occur within the main watercourse
channel under dry conditions (refer Figure 120).

Temporary waterway diversions enable in-stream works to be undertaken without working in wet
conditions and without moving sediment into the watercourse.

Figure 120: Temporary stream diversion installed to allow permanent culverts to be installed off line

Temporary watercourse diversions are used as temporary measures to allow any works to be
undertaken within permanent, intermittent and ephemeral watercourses.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 175

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Design
These measures seek to divert all flow via a stabilised system around the area of works and discharge
it back into the channel below the works to avoid scour of the channel bed and banks. Figures 121 to
124 show the suggested steps to minimise sediment generation and discharge from works within a
watercourse.

Step 1

The diversion channel should be excavated leaving

a plug at each end so that the watercourse does not
breach the diversion.

Size the diversion channel to allow for a 5% AEP rain

event, but consider the implications for secondary
flow paths and upstream flood effects of having a
larger event, up to 1% AEP

The diversion channel should be appropriately

Figure 121: Diversion channel prior to plug
stabilised to ensure it does not become a source removal
of sediment. Suitable geotextile cloth (as discussed
in Section E3.5) should be anchored in place to the
manufacturer’s specifications, which will include
trenching into the top of both sides of the diversion
channel to ensure that the fabric does not rip out.

Once the channel is stabilised, open the

downstream plug to allow water to flow up the
channel, keeping some water within the channel
to reduce problems when the upstream plug is
excavated. Then open the upstream plug, allowing Figure 122: Dewatering construction area
water to flow into the channel. into a sediment pond

Step 2

A non-erodible dam should be placed immediately

in the upstream end of the existing channel. The
dam should be designed as specified in Figure 123.
Where a compacted earth bund is used, it must be
stabilised with an appropriate geotextile pinned
over the upper face and adjacent to the lower face
for scour protection. In most cases, sandbag dams
can be used to construct the dam. If there is a need Figure 123: Opening up bypass channel and
to relocate fish trapped in the existing watercourse closing off existing one
as a result of the diversion, please refer TP131.

176 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

Step 3

A non-erodible downstream dam should then be

installed to prevent backflow into the construction
area. The existing watercourse is then drained by
pumping to an SRP, where the ponded water can
be treated before it re-enters the live section of the
watercourse. The structure and all channel work are
then completed.
Figure 124: Re-establishment of flow in
original channel
Step 4

The downstream dam should be removed first, allowing water to flood back into the original channel.
The upstream dam is then removed and both ends of the diversion channel are filled in with non-
erodible material. Any sediment-laden water should be pumped to an SRP or dewatered (refer Section
G1.0). The remainder of the diversion channel should be filled in and stabilised.

Coffer dam diversions

In some circumstances, partial diversion of a watercourse is

required to allow for the construction of outfall structures
or stream bank retaining works. In these situations, a coffer
dam may be used to create a dry working environment to
complete the works (refer Figure 125).

The coffer dam will generally be constructed within the

streamflows. As such, it needs to be of non-erodible
material such as sand bags, sheet piles or similar. Once
complete, the water retained by the coffer dam within the Figure 125: Sandbag coffer dam installed
work area is pumped out to provide the dry working area. to complete stormwater outfall
Any dirty water within the coffer dam during the works
will need to be pumped to a sediment retention device
(refer Section G.10 – Dewatering).

The coffer dam design will need to assess the height of water to be diverted including any likely
increased flows within the construction period.

Maintenance
Any works within a watercourse will require ongoing and vigilant maintenance to minimise sediment
generation. To achieve this, identify and correct any signs that may indicate a potential problem.
Take particular notice of the following signs and make repairs immediately:

The geotextile lining ripping

Scour occurring where the flow re-enters the channel
Undercutting of the diversion lining.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 177

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

G5.0 Works within the coastal marine area

(CMA)

G5.1 Unique nature of this activity

The CMA includes the foreshore and seabed below mean high water spring tide (MHWS). The physical
and chemical nature of the marine environment is different to dry land or a freshwater body. Some of
the key points of difference that affect the management of ESC in the CMA are the following:

Marine earthwork sites are often subject to tides or tidal currents. This may allow access to the
inter-tidal areas, so works can be staged in low tide conditions
Earthworks in the marine environment typically take place adjacent to land. (Note: Dredging
and associated disposal activities are beyond the scope of this guideline.) The degree of exposure
of the site to waves and tides will influence the potential effects and the ability to practically
contain sediment discharges
Marine sediment has different physical and chemical properties to the sediment that is freshly
eroded from catchments. That sediment is known as ‘terrigenous sediment’ (derived from land),
and typically comprises fine clay particles. Marine sediments are typically more porous and
therefore well oxygenated. Because of the rubbing together of marine particles, their edges are
not as sharp as terrigenous particles. As a consequence, the effects of marine sediments on
marine biota are less adverse than effects of terrigenous sediment
Salt water is a natural flocculant for sediment (clay particles) derived from the land and can limit
the spread of clay sediments
Traditional ESC measures are generally not appropriate for coastal works.

Earthworks in the CMA typically include activities that disturb the foreshore or seabed such as:

Reclamation
Coastal erosion protection works construction (e.g. seawall construction)
Piling and abutment construction for wharves and bridges
Construction of stormwater outfalls
Trenching for pipelines and cables.

Works within the CMA will typically require a resource consent. The application for this consent will
need to address the potential environmental effects and how these will be mitigated. The fundamental
principles of ESC, such as timing and staging of works, and isolating the earthworks site from clean
water while minimising the discharge of dirty water, also apply to works in the CMA.

Applicants shall discuss all proposed works with Auckland Council in order to address potential impacts
in the CMA.

178 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

G6.0 Quarrying

G6.1 Unique nature of this activity

Quarries can present a major source of sediment, with activities such as overburden removal and
aggregate handling identified as higher-risk tasks. Quarries are often long-term operations, with a
point-source discharge from the site. Sediment-laden discharges from quarries have the potential to
affect receiving water quality if they are not adequately managed.

The following quarry activities can cause sediment generation, and are addressed in more detail below:

Road establishment and access (including watercourse crossings)

Overburden removal and disposal
Quarry-product stockpile management
Traffic management (tracking sediment onto public roads)
Rehabilitation of worked out/completed areas.
This section of the guideline provides a series of prompts to help quarry operators and their advisors
understand and assess options for ESC. It should be read and implemented having regard to the principles
of ESC (Section A2.0) and Sections E and F of this guideline, which detail specific ESC practices.

G6.2 Best practice ESC for this activity

G6.2.1 Quarry access

Many quarries in the Auckland region are serviced by all-weather metal roads. Establishing these
roads and their use can generate a lot of sediment. Watercourse crossings need to be authorised as a
permitted activity or by a resource consent. Quarry access roads are not always within the designated
quarry area, but their maintenance and upkeep should be addressed in the Quarry Management Plan.

Standard ESC principles and planning (refer Section A2.0) apply to the construction of access tracks
or roads. ESC measures need to be used where sediment is generated from the use of these tracks
(refer Part 2, Sections E and F). Typical measures include the use of rock check dams in road-side drains
(Section E2.4), and diversion of the dirty water to a SRP (Sections E2.2 and F1.1) or decanting earth
bund (DEB)(Section F1.2). Truck wash bays and run-out areas may be needed to ensure sediment is not
tracked onto public roads. Where possible, incorporate site access into the Quarry Management Plan,
including details of all maintenance requirements.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 179

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

G6.2.2 Managing clean and dirty water

Refer to the key principles of ESC (refer Section A2.0) when developing the Quarry ESC Plan. Keep as
much water clean as possible. This can be achieved by limiting the exposure of erodible surfaces and
ensuring all dirty water is diverted to suitable treatment devices prior to discharge.

Clean water
Divert all clean (up-slope) water away from working and bare areas, if possible, to prevent it from
entraining sediment. This reduces the volume of contaminated runoff to be managed and treated.
Channels to divert clean water around the working site, as outlined in Section E.2.1, are often the best
means of managing these flows. Plan for these channels to be relocated, in the event that the quarry
footprint changes over time.

Sediment-laden water (quarry water runoff)

Any runoff from bare soil areas, rock processing and aggregate wash processes must be managed and
treated appropriately before discharge to the receiving environment. The ESC Plan should detail the
methods for sediment control (refer Section F). Particular attention should be given to sensitive areas
such as permanent watercourses, watercourse crossings (refer Section G4.0) and steep areas.

Due to the texture of Auckland soils and fine particles generated from quarrying activities, SRPs with
flocculant treatment are likely to the most successful and reliable method of treating and retaining
sediment (refer Sections F1.1 and F2.0), especially for sites with a water quality discharge standard.
Ensure the structural integrity of any SRP is carefully planned for and fully engineered.

Similarly to clean water management, proactively plan for managing flows to SRPs and associated
water treatment (such as a flocculation plant), in the event that the quarry footprint/sediment pond
catchment changes over time.

Ensure that, where catchment areas are anticipated to increase, the SRP is either initially constructed
for the greatest anticipated catchment, or that there is sufficient space to allow the SRP to be enlarged.

G6.2.3 Overburden removal and disposal

Overburden is the material that lies above the targeted rock or mineral resource. Overburden removal
and disposal activities are generally the same as earthworks cut and fill operations and should comply
with normal earthworks requirements. The ESC principles in Section A2.0 should be adhered to, with
detailed ESC Plans prepared and implemented prior to and during the operation.

G6.2.4 Quarry product handling and stockpiling

Quarry product handling and stockpile areas can be a major source of sediment-laden runoff if not
properly controlled. Incorporate these areas into the Site ESC Plan.

180 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

G7.0 Agriculture (farm tracking)

The construction and maintenance of farm tracks will generally require earthworks. While the volume
of these earthworks will generally be low, as with all earthworks, the potential and/or actual effects of
erosion and sediment discharge need to be minimised. The general principles of ESC in Section A2.0
should be applied to all farm tracking earthworks.

In addition, the following sections of this guideline provide further reference for ESC practices
appropriate for use during farm tracking:

Erosion control practices:

−− Non-structural approaches (refer Section E1.0)
Sediment control practices:
−− Decanting earth bunds (refer Section F1.2 and Figure 126)
−− Silt fences (refer Section F1.3)
Specific activities:
−− Works within a watercourse (refer Section G4.0).

Figure 126: Decanting earth bund and diversion

bund installed during a farm track construction

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 181

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

G8.0 Soil binders

G8.1 Unique nature of this activity

Soil-stabilising agents (also known as soil binders) are used to form a cohesive membrane or protective
crust that reduces windblown dust generation.

The purpose of soil binders is to prevent or reduce the movement of dust from disturbed soil
surfaces that may create health hazards, traffic safety problems and offsite damage. Soil binders may
also reduce the effect of raindrop erosion and therefore, minimise sediment runoff. However, the
effectiveness of their use for this purpose has not yet been verified.

Soil binders may be liquid or powdered products, either organic (such as guars, latex or various other
timber resins) or chemical (such as acrylic copolymer or anionic bitumen emulsions or cementitious
gypsum- or lime-based products). Soil binders are used to provide short-term protection of stockpiles,
steep or relatively unstable slopes, compound areas, and inactive haul roads, etc. Some soil binders may
also be included in hydroseeding or hydromulching operations to tack seed and/or wood fibre to the soil
surface on steep slopes. A granular form of calcium or magnesium chloride may also be used to absorb
atmospheric moisture and suppress dust on active haul roads and access tracks.

Soil binders can be used anytime where protection of the soil surface is desired; although the following
conditions are generally applicable:

Use soil binders and chloride dust suppression agents where short-term protection is required –
generally for less than 6 months
Use soil binders and chloride dust suppression agents where almost instant dust protection is required
Do not use soil binders where the established soil crust is likely to be damaged
Do not use soil binders or chloride dust suppression agents in areas of concentrated flow or in
areas where periodic inundation is likely to occur
Do not use soil binders or chloride dust suppression agents immediately next to streams or other
water bodies.
The following limitations apply to soil binders:

If managed well and as part of a treatment train approach to site management, soil binders can
provide good dust control and may also reduce the effect of raindrop erosion. However, the use
of soil binders does not constitute stabilisation of the site. Sediment controls will still need to be
retained until the site has been stabilised (i.e. vegetated, sealed, or covered with aggregate or cloth)
For soil binders to be effective, their surface crust must remain intact. Keep construction
equipment and site vehicles, pedestrians, wildlife and/or livestock out of all treated areas
Hardy colonising species, such as woody weeds, can break through the crust
Anionic bitumen emulsions, some acrylic copolymer emulsions and chloride dust suppression
agents have the potential to pollute some sensitive receiving waters. Generally, these should
not be used immediately next to streams or waterbodies. In some areas, the use of bitumen
emulsions may conflict with established community perceptions.

182 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

G8.2 Best practice ESC for this activity

G8.2.1 Design
There is no formal design procedure for soil binders, and products on the market are changing all the
time. The following general principles should be followed:

Confirm with Auckland Council which products are acceptable for use. All use of soil binders
or products should be undertaken in accordance with a documented Soil Binder Management
Plan (SBMP)
Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for application rates and procedures.

G8.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

For application of soil binders, follow the following procedure;

Intercept up-slope runoff water and divert it around areas to be temporarily stabilised with soil
binders
Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for the correct application procedure
Best results are obtained on friable soils. If necessary, lightly scarify the soil to allow the binder to
fully permeate the soil surface. (Note: Adding a wetting agent may also help this)
Soil binders are generally mixed with water before application. Stir or shake powdered products
Apply the solution over the area to be protected via the spray bar on a water cart, a hose with a
fine spray nozzle, or through the cannon on a hydroseeder unit
Establish temporary exclusion zones around areas treated with soil binders and clearly identify
and/or signpost these. Discuss exclusion zones in routine toolbox meetings and at site inductions.

Maintenance
Inspect soil binders after each rainfall event or periods of excessively strong winds. In addition inspect
weekly and:

Check for damage to the soil binder membrane caused by earthmoving equipment, construction
vehicles, slips or slumps, inundation, ultraviolet degradation, livestock, wildlife or vandalism
(motorcycles, four-wheel drives, etc.)
Repair any damaged areas immediately by reapplying the soil binder, or by covering the damaged
areas with a temporary mulch or blanket
If necessary, erect temporary barrier fencing and/or signage to restrict uncontrolled movement
of equipment and vehicles onto treated areas
Check soil binding agents have not been removed by excessive traffic movements, track runoff
during wet conditions, routine grading or other haul road maintenance activities
Reapply as required to minimise dust generation.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 183

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

G9.0 Dust control

G9.1 Unique nature of this activity

Dust control comprises the control of dust movement
on construction sites. The purpose of dust control is to
prevent or reduce the movement of dust from disturbed
soil surfaces that may create nuisance, health hazards,
traffic safety problems and/or offsite damage and
discharge to the environment (refer Figure 127).

This activity is applicable to areas subject to dust

movement, where on and offsite damage or nuisance is
likely to occur if dust is not controlled. Areas subject to
dust movement include open earthworks areas exposed
to wind, stockpiles of materials, bulk materials handling
or vehicle movements.

The effectiveness of dust control depends on moisture

content and particle size of the soil or material,
temperature, humidity and wind velocity/direction.

The availability of sufficient water is also critical to Figure 127: Forward planning and
management to minimise dust provide
effective dust control. This is required to maintain the
the best options for control
moisture content of surfaces and materials.

Figure 128: Dust suppression using a water

cart

184 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

G9.2 Best practice ESC for this activity

G9.2.1 Design
Dust control should be considered early in the planning stages of any earthworks project. Forward
planning and management to minimise dust problems provide the best options for control. If dust
management is only addressed after it has become a problem on site, it is very difficult to bring under
effective control until the site has been stabilised.

The following methods for dust control apply:

Water sprinkling
This is the most commonly used dust control practice.
Water is normally applied for dust suppression via a water
cart or sprinkler system (refer Figures 128 and 129). Either
system requires a minimum amount of water to achieve
effective dust control.

The Ministry for Environment’s (2001) Good Practice

Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Figure 129: Snow blowing machine to provide
Effects of Dust Emissions recommends 1 litre/m2/ dust control during a liming operation
hour (or 1 mm/m2/hour) of water is available on-site
for this purpose. This is, however, generally considered
conservative. Generally, the minimum amount of water that should be available on site is 5 mm/m2/
day. This should be applied incrementally so the ground surface remains moist.

Water carts can carry various volumes; however their use is limited by the ability of the vehicle to
access the areas that require wetting.

A sprinkler system may also be used where large areas are open or where the terrain is too steep for
water carts. Sprinkler systems may also be used where irrigation is useful to establish vegetation
following earthworks completion.

A reliable source of water is required. This can be sourced from sediment retention ponds or authorised
water takes (e.g. bore, stream, lake or municipal water supply). Approval is required from Auckland
Council to take from these supplies.

Soil binders
Soil-stabilising agents (also known as soil binders or
polymers) can be used to form a cohesive membrane
or protective crust that reduces windblown dust
generation (refer Figure 130).

Follow the manufacturers’ recommendations for

suitability of products for each situation, application
rates and procedures.
Figure 130: Dust suppression using soil
Further detail on soil binders is provided in Section binders/polymers
G8.0.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 185

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Mulching, grass establishment and gravelling (progressive stabilisation)

Refer to Sections E3.4 and E3.3 for the specifications on mulching and grass establishment.

Surface mulching can be used as a temporary mulch (e.g. straw) to cover stockpiles, or other areas not
worked for an extended period. Otherwise it can be progressively applied in conjunction with permanent
revegetation works. Site coverage can be extended to include gravelling of compound areas, haul roads
and access tracks.

Temporary vegetative cover can be used on stockpiles or other areas not worked for an extended period.
Otherwise, permanent vegetative cover can be progressively applied to completed areas. Vegetation will
reduce wind velocity at ground level and stabilise the surface.

Geotextiles
Geotextiles are discussed in detail in Section E3.5. Geotextiles can be used as a temporary cover (e.g.
geotextile fabric) on stockpiles, or partially completed batter slopes. Otherwise, they can also be used as a
permanent cover (e.g. vegetation promotion blanket) on completed areas.

Management practices
For a full description of recommended management practices for controlling dust refer to the Ministry
for the Environment’s (2001) Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing Dust. Common practices
include:

Minimising the area of soil exposed to the wind by staging works across the site
Limiting traffic to established haul roads and minimising travel distances by optimising site layout
Controlling vehicle speeds
Maintaining the surface of roads
Minimising track out of dirt on vehicle wheels onto paved surfaces
Minimising drop heights when loading and unloading vehicles
Limiting the height of stockpiles
Providing shelter from the wind for stockpiles
Consolidating loose surface material.

186 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

G9.2.2 Construction, operation and maintenance

Construction and operation

The following specifications apply to installing dust
controls:

During periods of low moisture conditions,

apply enough water to prevent dust generation
without causing runoff (refer Figure 131)
Once areas are damp enough to prevent dust
generation, regularly apply enough water to
replace that lost through evaporation. This will
Figure 131: Water truck dampening down the
often be an ongoing operation works area
Where dust suppressants, ‘sealing off’ areas or
isolating areas are used as control measures, adequate controls are needed to isolate these areas
from construction traffic or activities. This may include fencing, signage or bunding.

Maintenance
For maintenance of dust controls:

As a minimum, monitor dust emissions on a

daily basis. In windy, dry conditions, review dust
emissions continuously
Reapply water as required to effectively manage
levels of dust generation, especially when soil
moisture conditions become low during hot and
windy conditions (refer Figure 132). Figure 132: Regular wetting of the haul road

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 187

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

188 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

SECTION G - SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

Appendices
APPENDIX A: APPENDIX B: APPENDIX C: APPENDIX D: APPENDIX E:
References Glossary and ESC construction Recommended ESC site plan /
abbreviations quality checklists line types and drawing examples
symbols
A References
APPENDIX A: REFERENCES

Auckland Council. (2012). The Auckland Plan.

Auckland Council. (2013). Regional Plan: Air, Land and Water.

Auckland Council. (2013). The Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan.

Auckland Regional Council. (1999, and 2007 update). Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Land
Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region. Technical Publication Number 90.

Auckland Regional Council. (2001). Regional Plan: Sediment Control.

Environment Canterbury. (2007). Erosion and Sediment Control Guideline 2007 – a better way of
managing earthworks and the environment.

NZ Transport Agency. (2014). Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for State Highway
Infrastructure.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 A-1

B Glossary and
abbreviations
APPENDIX B: GLOSSARY AND ABBREVIATIONS

Term/abbreviation/ Description
acronym
m² metre square
m 3
cubic metre
< less than
> greater than
% percentage
ACDP Auckland Council District Plan
ACRP:C Auckland Council Regional Plan: Coastal (2004)
ACRP:SC Auckland Council Regional Plan: Sediment Control (2001)
anti-seep collar A projecting collar built around the outside of a pipe, tunnel, or conduit under
or through an embankment dam to lengthen the seep path along the outer
surface of the conduit.
ARPS Auckland Council Regional Policy Statement (1999)
AEP annual exceedance probability
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
batch dosing Application of flocculant (during flocculant treatment) in a single dose, rather
than through a continuous flow proportional dosing system).
check dam A small, often temporary, dam constructed across a swale, drainage ditch,
or waterway to counteract erosion by reducing water flow velocity.
flocculant A sediment control practice that involves the addition of reagents to
treatment sediment-laden runoff to increase the rate of settlement of fine soil particles.
Flocculant treatment relies on two basic processes: ‘coagulation’
and ‘flocculation’.
clean water Water runoff that is free of sediment or pollutants. In an ESC context this
usually refers to water from above a work site that has not run through the
works area.
CMA Coastal marine area
coagulation Coagulation is an important process for flocculant treatment. It is most
effective where soils have a high proportion of colloidal particles. These
particles typically have a negative electrostatic surface charge. These ‘like
charged’ particles tend to repel each other, preventing coagulated particles
from forming, such that the particles remain in suspension. By adding a
reagent that develops positive charges the colloidal material is destabilised,
allowing the particles to clump together (coagulate) forming larger heavier
particles.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 B-1

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Term/abbreviation/ Description
acronym
coffer dam Partial diversion of a watercourse through use of non-erodible materials such
diversion as sand bags, sheet piles or similar, to allow for the construction of outfall
structures or stream bank retaining works. In these situations, a coffer dam is
used to create a dry working environment to complete the works.
contour drain Temporary excavated channels or ridges, or a combination of both, that are
(cutoff) constructed slightly off the slope contour. The purpose of a contour drain is
to break overland flow that is draining down disturbed slopes, by reducing the
slope length, and thereby reducing the erosive power of runoff. The drain also
diverts sediment-laden water to appropriate controls via stable outlets.
CPTED Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design
CTMP Chemical Treatment Management Plan
dam and pump or Temporary practices used to convey surface water from above a construction
dam and divert activity downstream of that activity. These diversion methodologies will assist
devices in providing dry working conditions for culvert installation. Damming a stream
and pumping the flows around the worksite back to the stream considerably
minimises disturbance relative to constructing a new diversion channel.
decanting earth An impoundment area formed from a temporary bund or ridge of compacted
bund (DEB) earth. The bund provides an area where ponding of runoff can occur and
suspended material can settle out before runoff is discharged.
dewatering The removal of water from excavations, tunnelling, trenches and sediment
control devices. Dewatering may be the removal of either surface water or
groundwater that has collected.
dirty water Sediment-laden runoff. In an ESC context this usually refers to water that has
run through a works' area. This water requires treatment prior to discharge.
diversion channels A non-erodible channel and/or bund for the conveyance of clean or dirty
and bunds water runoff that is constructed for a specific design storm.
earthworks The disturbance of soil, earth or substrate land surfaces for activities such
as residential, commercial or infrastructure developments and maintenance,
roads and utilities, and earthworks associated with quarrying, such as
overburden disposal.
erodibility (of soils) The susceptibility of soil particles to become detached by erosive forces.
erosion The process whereby the land surface is worn away through physical, chemical
or biological processes resulting in detachment and transport of soil particles.

For different types of erosion see definitions in Table 1 (Part 1).

B-2 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

APPENDIX B: GLOSSARY AND ABBREVIATIONS

Term/abbreviation/ Description
acronym
erosion control Proprietary rolled erosion control products, commonly made from
blankets biodegradable materials. They provide an instant, short to medium-term
protective cover of the soil surface, shielding it from the erosive forces of wind,
raindrop impact and sheet flows, until a vegetative cover can be established or
an alternative stabilisation methodology is used.
ESC erosion and sediment control
filter sock see ‘silt sock’
flocculant A reagent that promotes flocculation by causing colloids and other suspended
particles in liquids to aggregate, forming a floc. Flocculants are used in water
treatment processes to improve the sedimentation or filterability of small
particles.
flocculation A type of treatment where ‘flocculant’ is used to enable the sediment particles
join together to form ‘flocs’, or larger, heavier particles
that settle more rapidly.
FMP Flocculation Management Plan
floc sock flocculant A type of flocculant treatment that is achieved by placing a segmented
treatment geosynthetic sock filled with a dry flake form of a reagent in the dirty water
diversion channel, so that dirty water runoff will flow over the floc sock,
dissolving and mixing with the reagent.
flume See ‘pipe drop structure’
geotextile Permeable fabric which, when used in association with soil, has the ability
to stabilise and protect.
GLEAMS Groundwater Loading Effects of Agricultural Management Systems
grass seeding The planting and establishment of quick growing and/or perennial grass to
provide temporary and/or permanent stabilisation on exposed areas. The
practice is often undertaken in conjunction with the placement of topsoil.
ha hectare
HGMPA Hauraki Gulf Marine Park Act 2000
hotmix A type of asphalt concrete produced by heating the asphalt binder to
decrease its viscosity, and drying the aggregate to remove moisture from it
prior to mixing.
hotmix diversion A bund constructed of hotmix directly on the impervious surface. These are
bund often a replacement for a removed kerb and channel.
HSE Act Health and Safety in Employment Act 1992
HSNO Act Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996
HT high tensile
hydroseeding The application of seed, fertiliser and paper or wood pulp with water in the
form of a slurry, which is sprayed over an area to provide for re-vegetation.
kg kilogram

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 B-3

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Term/abbreviation/ Description
acronym
land-disturbing Defined in the Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan (PAUP, 2013) to include
activities ‘earthworks’, ‘ancillary farming earthworks’ and ‘ancillary forestry earthworks.’
m metre
MHWS mean high water spring
mm millimetre
MSDS material safety data sheet
mulching A soil stabilisation practice that involves the application of a protective layer
of straw or other suitable material to the soil surface.
NES:CS National Environmental Standard for assessing and managing contaminants in
soil to protect human health.
NIWA National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research
N:P:K The ratio of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in soil or fertiliser.
NZCPS New Zealand Coastal Policy Statement (2010)
PAC polyaluminium chloride
PAUP Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan (2013)
permeability The ability of a soil to allow air and water to move through the soil.
(of soils)
pipe drop structure A temporary pipe structure or constructed flume placed from the top
of a slope to the bottom of a slope. The structure is designed to convey
a concentrated flow of either clean or dirty surface runoff down a slope
without causing erosion.
porosity (of soils) The fraction of the total soil volume that is taken up by pore space.
PPE personal protective equipment
rainfall activated Also called ‘rainfall activated dosing’. This is an option for treatment (by
flocculant flocculation) of sediment-laden runoff. It provides an appropriate level of
treatment dosage based on the rainfall volume and intensity.
rip-rap A layer of large stones used to protect soil/shorelines from erosion in areas
of concentrated runoff or scour.
RMA Resource Management Act 1991
runoff Surface water runoff (also known as overland flow) is the flow of water that
occurs when excess stormwater, meltwater, or other sources flows over the
earth's surface.
runon Surface water flow (overland flow) into a site.
sedimentation The deposition of eroded soil.

B-4 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

APPENDIX B: GLOSSARY AND ABBREVIATIONS

Term/abbreviation/ Description
acronym
sediment retention A temporary pond formed by excavation into natural ground, or by the
pond (SRP) construction of an embankment, which is used to detain runoff flows so
that deposition of transported sediment can occur through settlement. SRPs
incorporate an outlet device to dewater the pond at a rate that allows a high
percentage of suspended sediment to settle out.
sediment yield The amount of sediment discharged from a catchment reaching or passing
a point of interest in a given period of time. Sediment yield estimates are
normally given as tonnes per year or kilograms per year.
SiD Safety in Design
silt fence A temporary barrier of woven geotextile fabric that is used to capture mainly
coarse sediments carried in sheet flow. Silt fences temporarily impound
sediment-laden runoff, slowing down the flow rate and allowing sediment to
settle out of the water.
silt sock A tubular stormwater sediment control and filtration device, consisting of a
mesh tube filled with a filter material (e.g. compost, sawdust, wood bark, straw)
used to intercept and filter runoff. They are also referred to as ‘filter socks’.
SBMP Soil Binder Management Plan
Soil ameliorants Substances that are added to soil to aid plant growth.
soil binders Soil-stabilising agents (also known as polymers).
SSMP Site Specific Safety Management Plan
stabilised entrance Stabilised areas located at any entry or exit point of a construction site. These
are stabilised through measures such as shaker ramps, or large rocks and are
designed to prevent site access points becoming sources of sediment, and/or
assist in minimising dust generation and disturbance of areas adjacent to the
road frontage by providing a defined entry and exit point.
stormwater inlet A sediment control practice that involves construction of a barrier across or
protection around a catchpit or other stormwater inlet. The protection may take various
forms depending upon the type of inlet to be protected.
super silt fence A temporary barrier of woven geotextile fabric over a chain link fence that is
used to capture predominantly coarse sediments carried in sheet flows. Super
silt fences temporarily impound sediment-laden runoff, reduce velocities and
allow sediment to settle out of the water.

The use of super silt fences is similar to that of silt fences. However, super silt
fences are a more robust device that is appropriate to control runoff from
steeper or larger catchments than silt fences.
surface roughening The practice of roughening the surface of unstabilised (bare soil) earth
surface; either with horizontal grooves across the slope, or by tracking with
construction equipment.
T-bar A floating dewatering device that allows for the decanting of the cleaner
surface water from the top of the water column.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 B-5

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

Term/abbreviation/ Description
acronym
temporary Temporary culverts or bridge structures installed across a watercourse
watercourse for short-term use by construction vehicles. They provide a means for
crossings construction vehicles to cross watercourses without moving sediment into
the watercourse or directly affecting the streambed, generally while the new
permanent crossing is installed.
topsoiling A soil stabilisation practice that comprises the addition of topsoil to provide a
suitable soil medium for vegetative growth for erosion control, while providing
some protection of the subsoil layer and also increasing the absorption
capacity of the soil.
treatment train The use of a range of practices, operating in series and linked to improve the
overall efficiency of contaminant removal.

In the context of ESC, this means that a series of ESC measures are planned
to link functionally to form a treatment train. Each measure has a specific role
within the framework of ESC. This approach can be a combination of structural
(e.g. sediment retention ponds, perimeter controls) and non-structural (e.g.
earthwork season) practices.
turfing A soil stabilisation practice that involves the establishment and permanent
stabilisation of disturbed areas by laying a continuous cover of grass turf.
USLE Universal Soil Loss Equation
WSD water sensitive design

B-6 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

APPENDIX B: GLOSSARY AND ABBREVIATIONS

C ESC construction
quality checklists
Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

‘Clean water’ or ‘dirty water’ diversion channel

and bund

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figures over page and Section E2.1 and E2.2 (add comments to explain)
of GD05 for further details) ( )

Route avoids trees, services, fence lines or other

natural or built features

Channels are trapezoidal or parabolic in shape

Internal side slopes are no steeper than 3:1

External side slopes are no steeper than 2:1

Drains are constructed with a uniform grade along

the invert (as sudden decreases may cause sediment
to accumulate causing the bank to overtop)

Bunds are well compacted

Outlets are stable and protected as needed

Diversions are stabilised to prevent erosion

In some instances this may require specific

geotechnical design to ensure the stability and
integrity of the structure

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2
Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Contour drain (cut-off)

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figures below and Section E2.3 of GD05 for (Add comments to explain)
further details) ( )

Minimum compacted height is 250 mm

Minimum total depth is 500 mm

Longitudinal grade is < 2% (unless lined)

Catchment area is < 0.5 ha

Flow are is parabolic and not V-shaped

Drains are as short as possible

Earth windrows and banks are compacted

Temporary contour drains are constructed across

unprotected slopes at the end of the day’s work
and/or before forecast rain

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

Contour drain

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Check dam

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figures below and Section E2.4 (Add comments to explain)
of GD05 for further details) ( )

Fabric used for sandbags is UV resistant

Dams are spaced so the toe of an upstream dam is

at approximately the same elevation as the centre
height (spillway level) of the downstream dam

Centre of the check dam is 150-200 mm lower

than the outside edges to create a spillway

Toes of the fabric dams extend >1 m up-slope and

are buried in a 300 mm deep trench

Geotextile fabric beneath check dams if

constructed on erodible soils

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

Rock size to be 100mm to 300mm mix
Downstream face at a slope of 2:1

300mm minimum

Flow
Slope /
600mm maximum
450mm minimum

Spacing (see table)

Elevation
150-200mm minimum

Cross - section

Slope of site (%) Spacing (m) between dams with a Spacing (m) between dams with a
450 mm centre height 600 mm centre height
Less than 2% 24 30
2 – 4% 12 15
4 – 7% 8 11
7 – 10% 5 6
>10% Unsuitable – use stabilised channel or Unsuitable – use stabilised channel or
specific engineered design specific engineered design

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Pipe drop structure and flume

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figures below and Section E2.5 (Add comments to explain)
of GD05 for further details) ( )

Use when slopes > 3:1

Do not use on slopes < 5:1

Device is constructed of an impervious material

Upstream diversion channel or bund is 2 x height

of flume or pipe

A stabilised entry apron is installed

to prevent scour or piping

The device extends beyond the toe

of the slope with erosion protection
at the outfall

Rigid or flexible pipe material has been used (where

pipe used)

Structure is pinned/secured to the slope every 4 m

Connections are water tight

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

Runoff diversion
channel/bund min 500mm
compacted height

Shute min depth 300mm. Shute liner

is to be securely anchored in
position
.

Runoff diversion channel/bund

height is to be at least twice the Outlets to be stabilised
pipe diameter or twice the height
against erosion
of the flume

1 m um
im
min

1
min m
imu
m

Inlets to be stabilised against erosion using

impermeable getextile overlapped into the Runoff
inlet of the drop structure diversion
channel/bund

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Stabilised entranceway

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figures below and Section E2.6 (Add comments to explain)
of GD05 for further details) ( )

Area has been cleared of unsuitable material and

smooth graded

Woven geotextile has been placed over the area,

and is properly pinned and overlapped, as necessary

At least 10 m of aggregate has been placed

(extending from site boundary), 4 m wide and
minimum 150mm deep, using 50-150 mm washed
aggregate

Vehicles cannot bypass the entranceway

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

150mm minimum thickness Carriageway

Geotextile

Side elevation
Geotextile

Side elevation

Carriageway
10m
minimum

minimum
3m
minimum
4m

3m
minimum

Aggregate
minimum

(50-150mm washed)
3m

Plan view

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Surface roughening

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figures below and Section E2.7 of GD05 for (Add comments to explain)
further details) ( )

Water is diverted away from the slope face prior to

slope roughening

Existing rills are filled before roughening

Roughening is undertaken perpendicular to surface

water flows

When track-walking topsoil material, care is taken

not to compact the slope

For track-walking, well-defined cleat impressions

are made in the soil, parallel to the contour or
perpendicular to the slope

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

Dozer cleats create grooves
perpendicular to the slope

Slope

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Topsoiling and grass seeding

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figures below and Section E3.1 of GD05 for ( ) (Add comments to explain)
further details)

A good seed bed has been prepared, which is loose,

uniform and free of large clods

The soil surface is not compacted

Greater than 100 mm of topsoil has been applied

Fertiliser has been applied according to

manufacturer’s recommendations or following the
guidelines in the Table below

Seed has been applied uniformly at the required

rate (see Table below)

Site conditions and time of year are appropriate for

germination.
As outlined in Section E3.4 of GD05, mulching has
been undertaken in conjunction with the seeding
programme during dry or cold periods

Adequate watering has been provided

Grass strike ensures site coverage is > 80%

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

Typical seed and fertiliser application rates

Typical seed mix 1 Application rate

Temporary seeding Annual Ryegrass 100-250 kg/ha
Permanent seeding Perennial Ryegrass – 70% 200-400 kg/ha

Fescues/Cocksfoot – 20%

Clover/Lotus – 5%

Browntop – 5%
Fertiliser application N:P:K (15:10:10) 200-800 kg/ha
Maintenance fertiliser N:P:K (15:10:10) and Urea As required
Note 1: In all circumstances ensure that the seed and fertiliser application rates and mix is appropriate
for your site. Always discuss with your seed and fertiliser supplier prior to utilisation.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Hydroseeding

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Section E3.2 of GD05 for further details) (Add comments to explain)
( )

A hydroseeding contractor has been consulted to

ensure correct application, and the manufacturer’s
recommendations have been followed

Adequate watering has been provided

Grass strike ensures site coverage is > 80%

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 1

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Turfing

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Section E3.3 of GD05 for further details) (Add comments to explain)
( )

A good base has been prepared, which is loose,

uniform and free of large clods and other
objectionable material

If turfing is placed during periods of high

temperature, it is irrigated immediately prior

Turf has been laid on the contour, starting at the

bottom and working up slope; never up and down
the slope

Joints are butted tightly and do not stretch or

overlap

For slopes steeper than 3:1, turf has been secured

to ground with pegs or other means

Turf has been rolled and tamped immediately to

ensure solid contact with ground

Adequate watering is provided

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 1

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Mulching

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Section E3.4 of GD05 for further details) (Add comments to explain)
( )
Straw or hay mulch is unrotted material and has
been applied at a rate that provides a completed
cover of the soil surface. This is typically in the
order 4,000-6,000 kg/ha. Mulch material is
relatively free of weeds and does not contain
noxious weed species. A list of noxious weeds can
be obtained from Auckland Council

If wind is a problem, mulch is either crimped or

bound to prevent blowing

Hydro mulch contains a minimum of 80% virgin or

recycled wood and has been applied in accordance
with the manufacturer’s specifications. The
application rate will range from 2,200 kg/ha –
2,800 kg/ha depending on the slope gradient. The
coverage should not exceed slope length < 150 m

Wood chip is applied at rates of 10,000 kg/ha –

13,000 kg/ha

If stockpiling woodchips on site, stockpiles are

turned every so often to reduce the risk of heating

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 1

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Geotextiles and erosion control blankets

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figure over page and Section E3.5 of GD05 ( ) (Add comments to explain)
for further details)
Site is prepared to ensure complete contact of the
blanket or matting with the soil

Area is graded and shaped for installation

All rocks, clods, vegetation or other obstructions

are removed
Seedbed is prepared by loosening 50 mm to 75 mm
of topsoil
Area is seeded prior to blanket installation unless
specified otherwise
Wire staples, stake pins or wooden stakes have been
placed to anchor mats and blankets to the ground.
Proper sized anchoring materials have been used
On slopes, the blanket was started at the top of the
slope and rolled down-slope

Blanket edges are overlapped

In channels, there is an anchor trench >150 mm

deep x 150 mm across at the lower end of the
project
Intermittent check slots are installed at 8-10 m
intervals
Side fabric edges are keyed in at least 100 mm
deep x 100 mm wide
Channel fabric has been started at the downstream
end with upstream geotextile overlapping < 75 mm
Upstream end has been keyed in >300 mm x 150
mm wide
Turf reinforcement matting has been seeded and
filled with soil if specified

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

150mm
minimum
overlap
1m
minimum
1m minimum overlap
at the end of a roll

1.5m maximum

Anchor type is to be to the manufacturer's recommendation.

Anchor spacing is to be to the smaller of the manufacturer's Where the slope terminates in an area of concentrated flow the
recomendation or the dimensions shown. geofabric must be laid through the flowpath and pinned down on
a 500mm grid.

Rip-rap is required to dissipate energy

and to secure the geotextile in position
In permanent applications
a specific design may be
required
In temporary applications
a standard geotextile is
sufficient

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Sediment retention pond

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figure over page and Section F1.1 of GD05 for (Add comments to explain)
further details) ( )

Sediment control has been implemented down-

slope of the proposed sediment retention pond
Areas are cleared of proposed fill or topsoil or other
suitable material down to competent material
Only approved fill material has been used
Fill has been placed and compacted in layers as per
the engineering recommendations, and appropriate
testing has been undertaken to confirm compliance
Fill embankment has been constructed 10% higher
than the design height to allow for settlement
Pipework and anti-seep collars or filter collars
have been installed during construction of the
embankment, with good compaction around pipes
The emergency spillway has been constructed as
per instructions in Section F1.1.2 of GD05
A level spreader has been installed and stabilised
The decant and pulley system is securely attached
to the horizontal pipework, with all connections
watertight. Manhole risers have been placed on a
firm foundation of concrete or compacted soil
Inlets and outlets are protected with fabric
Baffles are installed when the pond’s length to
width ratio < 3:1
An all-weather access track is provided for
maintenance
All elevations have been checked to ensure proper
function and rectify any inaccuracies
Both internal and external batters and the
emergency spillway have been stabilised in
accordance with the approved erosion and
sediment control plan
An as-built assessment has been undertaken at the
completion of construction and any discrepancies
with the design rectified

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.
Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2
Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2
Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Decanting earth bund (DEB)

1 of 2

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figures over page and Section F1.2 of GD05 (Add comments to explain)
for further details) ( )

DEB has been built along the contour to obtain the

required volumes

All organic/ vegetation is removed before

construction

The DEB is keyed into the existing ground to a

minimum depth of 0.3 m

The DEB is built with a clay-silt mix of suitable

moisture content to achieve a reasonable compaction
standard (90%). This can be achieved, in most
instances, by track rolling at 150 – 200 mm lifts.
Particular care is required to achieve good compaction
around the outlet pipe that passes through the bund
to avoid seepage and potential failure

A 150 mm diameter non-perforated outlet pipe has

been installed through the bund and discharges to a
stable erosion proofed area or stormwater system

A T-Bar decant has been attached by way of a

standard joint (glued and screwed). The decant
is 100 or 150 mm dia. PVC pipe, 0.5 m long with
equally spaced holes of 10 mm diameter and fixed
firmly to a waratah standard to achieve 0.3 litres/
second/1,000 m2 of contributing catchment

A sealed PVC pipe (with endcaps) has been placed

on top of the decant to provide buoyancy

A flexible thick rubber coupling has been used to

provide a connection between the decant arm and
the discharge pipe. The flexible coupling has been
fastened using strap clamps, glue and screws

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

2 of 2
Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figures over page and Section F1.2 of GD05 (Add comments to explain)
for further details) ( )

The decant is fastened to two waratahs by way of a

nylon cord to the correct height

An emergency spillway has been provided to a

stabilised outfall 100 mm freeboard height above
the primary spillway. This can be a trapezoidal
spillway with a minimum invert length of 2 m that
is smooth, has no voids and is lined with a soft
needle punched geotextile to the stabilised outfall.
The geotextile is pinned at 0.5 m centres

The emergency spillway has a minimum freeboard

of 250 mm, i.e. between the invert of the spillway
to the lowest point of the top of the bund

An as-built assessment has been completed at the

completion of construction to check against the
design. Any discrepancies have been rectified.

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

150mm diameter riser

Spillway stabilised with geotextile
Live storage volume :
70% of total treatment volume Spillway

Stabilised outlet

Dead storage volume : Reducer required 150mm dia uPVC pipe through bund
30% of total treatment volume if using a 100mm decant

Cross - section

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Silt fence

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Table and Figure over page and Section F1.3 (Add comments to explain)
of GD05 for further details) ( )

The silt fence material used is appropriate to

the site conditions and in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications

Silt fences have been installed along the contour

A trench of a minimum of 100 mm wide and 200

mm deep has been excavated along the proposed
line of the silt fence

Supporting posts /steel waratahs are installed at

least 1.5 m length and 2-4 m apart

Support posts/waratahs are installed on the down-

slope edge of the trench, with silt fence fabric on
the up-slope side of the support posts to the full
depth of the trench. The trench is backfilled with
compacted soil
The top of the silt fence fabric is reinforced with
a support made of high tensile 2.5 mm diameter
galvanised wire. The wire is tensioned using
permanent wire strainers attached to angled
waratahs at the end of the silt fence

The silt fence fabric is doubled over and fastened to

the wire with silt fence clips at 500 mm spacings

Where ends of the silt fence fabric come together,

they are overlapped, folded and stapled/screwed to
prevent sediment bypass

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 3

Slope length (m) Silt fence length (m)
Slope steepness % Spacing of returns (m)
(maximum) (maximum)
Flatter than 2% Unlimited N/A Unlimited
2 – 10% 40 60 300
10 – 20% 30 50 230
Drawing Plotted: 23 Feb 2016 8:05 AM

20 – 33% 20 40 150
33 – 50% 15 30 75
> 50% 6 20 40

Geotextile fixed firmly to

post/waratah

600mm
minimum height
of geotextile

200mm
depth of fabric

Compacted backfill
Trench geotextile
200mm minimum

Cross - section

Overlap wooden battens

Staple Staple
Section B

Section A Screw together

Staple Staple

Standard fabric joint

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 3
2-4m

600mm min
height of geotextile
Ground level
200 mm min

Trench geotextile a minimum of

200 mm into the ground
Steel standards such as waratahs or Flow Flow
standard wooden fenceposts (no.3
rounds minimum) driven a minimum
of 400mm into the ground
Elevation

Ends of return wired back to

stake or waratah

Returns 1-3m in length to reduce velocity

along the silt fence and provide intermediate
impoundment

Provide leakproof joint at junction of

the returns and main silt fence
alignment

Provide leakproof joint at join using wooden

stakes buried 200mm in to the ground and
extending the full height of the fabric

Silt fence with returns and support wire

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 3 of 3

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Super silt fence

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:
Construction checklist Yes No ( )
(refer Figure and table over page and Section F1.4 (Add comments to explain)
of GD05 for further details) ( )

Super silt fence material used is appropriate to

the site conditions and in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications

Super silt fences are installed along the contour

A trench of a minimum of 100 mm wide and 200

mm deep has been excavated along the proposed
line of the silt fence

Supporting posts /steel waratahs are installed at

least 1.8 m length and 2–4m apart

Support posts/waratahs are installed on the down-

slope edge of the trench, with silt fence fabric on
the up-slope side of the support posts to the full
depth of the trench. The trench is backfilled with
compacted soil
Tensioned galvanised wire (2.5 mmHT) is installed
at 400 mm and again at 800 mm above ground.
The wire has been tensioned using permanent wire
strainers attached to angled waratahs at the end of
the super silt fence

Chain link fence is secured to the fence posts with

wire ties or staples, ensuring the chain link fence
goes to the base of the trench

Two layers of geotextile fabric are secured to the

base of the trench (a minimum of 200 mm into the
ground), with compacted backfill installed to the
original ground level

Where ends of the silt fence fabric come together,

they are overlapped, folded and stapled/screwed to
prevent sediment bypass

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

2-4m

Upper tensioned
galvanised wire

minimum
800 mm
Lower tensioned

400mm
galvanised wire
Ground
Level

600-800mm
minimum
200 mm
Waratahs or standard Flow Flow
wooden fenceposts

Elevation

Chain link fencing between

posts and geotextile

Geotextile - 2nd layer

Geotextile - 1st layer

Flow
2nd layer geotextile
1st layer geotextile
400 mm

800 mm

Warratah back stays install as

extra support where required

Embed geotextile and netting support 200mm min.

into ground (cover with suitable backfill and compact)

Cross - section

Slope length (m) Super silt fence length (m)

Slope steepness % Spacing of returns (m)
(maximum) (maximum)
0 – 10% Unlimited 60 Unlimited
10 – 20% 60 50 450
20 – 33% 30 40 300
33 – 50% 30 30 150
> 50% N/A 20 N/A

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Silt sock

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figure over page and Section F1.5 of GD05 (Add comments to explain)
for further details) ( )

Silt socks are installed on the contour. Where this

is not possible, or where there are long sections
of silt sock, short silt sock returns are installed,
projecting up-slope from the silt sock to minimise
concentration of flows. Returns are a minimum of 2
m in length

Silt socks are overlapped by >1 m and joined by

a sleeve where more than one length of silt sock
is used

Silt sock “wings” are installed at either end of the

silt sock, projecting a sufficient length up-slope to
prevent outflanking

The silt sock is pegged and secured, depending on

the application

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 1

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Stormwater inlet protection

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figure below and Section F1.6 of GD05 for (Add comments to explain)
further details) ( )

An emergency bypass is included

The device does not allow water to bypass its

intended flow path

The device is removed as soon as possible following

the completion of works

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 1

Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Flocculant treatment - rainfall activated shed

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No ( )

(refer Figure over page and Section F2.0 of GD05 (Add comments to explain)
for further details) ( )

All components are on site including:

Rainfall catchment tray

Header tank
Displacement tank
Flocculant reservoir tank
The design approach has been followed – this
should provide sizing of the various elements and
pipe sizes. Check that the flocculant volume has
been based on site soil testing

Rainfall tray has been constructed and sealed along

any joints and graded at approximately a 10:1 slope
with a drain to the header tank at the low end

The header tank is installed properly with pipe sizes

and elevations done according to plans

The displacement tank has capacity to hold runoff

from the 50% AEP event

The flocculant reservoir tank is larger than the

displacement tank and of sufficient capacity to
dose a large storm

The flocculant tank outlet is a 20 mm hose located

at the point that will retain flocculant for the
dosing of runoff from the 50% AEP event w/out
displacement

The dosing point of the outlet into the sediment

diversion channel is at least 5 m upstream of the
forebay

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

Rainfall tray

Pipe to rainwater header

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

Housing

Header tank
High rate outlet (10mmØ)
Header tank drain Low rate outlet (3mmØ) Posts
Shut off valve
Timber frame
Displacement tank
Front Rear
Lockable door

Flocculant reservoir tank Hose to convey

flocculant to inflow

PG 2 of 2
Erosion and sediment control construction
Quality checklist

Dewatering

Contractor: Date: Consent #: Site:

Time:

Construction checklist Yes No

(refer Figure over page and Section G1.0 of GD05 (Add comments to explain)
for further details)
The cleaner water is always dewatered at the top
first, then the residual sediment-laden water is
pumped to a tank/truck
The outlet to any pumped water is not creating any
erosion issues. In some cases, an energy dissipater
and a stabilised area may need to be constructed to
discharge the pumped flows into
The discharge is being monitored to ensure the
pumped discharge is meeting the required discharge
standards at all times
A minimum of 100 mm water clarity is required to
pump directly offsite. If there is not 100 mm water
clarity, the water is either:
Treated in situ until the clarity is achieved
and then pumped offsite
Pumped to a sediment retention device, tank
or skip for settlement or flocculant treatment
device before discharge offsite (Note: If
pumping to a DEB or SRP, the outlet should
be capped until it has been checked that 100
mm clarity has been achieved before the
water is released)
Pumped to a tanker and removed offsite
Water is recycled wherever possible (e.g. for dust
suppression or earthworks conditioning)
Small volumes of sediment-laden water are
pumped to a silt fence or decanting earth bund, but
do not overwhelm these practices
Larger volumes of sediment-laden water are
pumped to a sediment forebay of a sediment
retention pond

Note: The purpose of this checklist is for contractors to complete on-site self-checks of construction quality for ESC
practices. This is not a compliance or as-built checklist.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 1 of 2

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 PG 2 of 2
D Recommended line
types and symbols
APPENDIX D: RECOMMENDED LINE TYPES AND SYMBOLS

The following table includes recommended line types and symbols for use in ESC Plans.

These are listed in alphabetical order.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 D-1

E ESC site plan /
drawing examples
APPENDIX E: ESC SITE PLAN / DRAWING EXAMPLES

This Appendix includes examples of ESC site plans/drawings that are considered best practice.

It is recommended that the ESC site plan/drawing contains the following information:

A title, date, drawing reference number, north arrow, scale and legend
A unique identifier for each ESC control structure
The areal extent of soil disturbance (earthworks footprint)
The location of ESC devices, including volumes and dimensions where relevant
The location of topsoil stockpiles
Contributing catchments for each ESC device
Identification of any ‘no go’ or buffer areas to maintain on the site
Clearly marked areas of cut and fill (e.g. zerocut to fill line), including any soil disposal areas
Arrows depicting the general flow path/direction of water within each catchment
All watercourses and/or overland flow paths
Historical/cultural/natural heritage sites
Site entranceways
Pond dimensions
The site boundaries
Contour lines – both within and around the site
Staging (if applicable)
High risk areas (if applicable)
Aerial image (if available and clear without affecting readability of drawing)
Any other relevant information.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 E-1

Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region APPENDIX E: ESC SITE PLAN / DRAWING EXAMPLES

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

E
E-2 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005
Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region APPENDIX E: ESC SITE PLAN / DRAWING EXAMPLES

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

E
E-3 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005
Find out more: phone 09 301 0101
email [email protected]
or visit www.aucklandcouncil.govt.nz

Lisa M. Tucker - Sustainable Building Systems and Construction For Designers - Bundle Book + Studio Access Card (2021, Fairchild Books) - Libgen - Li
No ratings yet
Lisa M. Tucker - Sustainable Building Systems and Construction For Designers - Bundle Book + Studio Access Card (2021, Fairchild Books) - Libgen - Li
558 pages
EMP - Training - Periodic Maintenance Work
No ratings yet
EMP - Training - Periodic Maintenance Work
27 pages
Tilenga ESIA Volume VI (A) - 28/02/19 - p1 To 202
100% (2)
Tilenga ESIA Volume VI (A) - 28/02/19 - p1 To 202
202 pages
Methodology For Product Carbon Footprint Calculation
100% (3)
Methodology For Product Carbon Footprint Calculation
17 pages
Emp Short Form Template For Environmental Management Plans Small Scale Builds March 2021
No ratings yet
Emp Short Form Template For Environmental Management Plans Small Scale Builds March 2021
6 pages
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
No ratings yet
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
10 pages
Sample Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan
No ratings yet
Sample Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan
31 pages
Erosion and Sediment Control Measures PDF
No ratings yet
Erosion and Sediment Control Measures PDF
22 pages
Erosion and Sediment Control
100% (1)
Erosion and Sediment Control
42 pages
Components of Environmental Impact Assesment (Eia)
No ratings yet
Components of Environmental Impact Assesment (Eia)
11 pages
2023 Gambella Region Floodcontgency Plan
100% (1)
2023 Gambella Region Floodcontgency Plan
11 pages
SCOSAN VI Proceedings
No ratings yet
SCOSAN VI Proceedings
307 pages
Risk Assessment For Installation Testing Commissioning of Clean Agent System
No ratings yet
Risk Assessment For Installation Testing Commissioning of Clean Agent System
16 pages
H-401-ALL-HLS-06-0013 Environmental Management Plan CML4 - Rev B
No ratings yet
H-401-ALL-HLS-06-0013 Environmental Management Plan CML4 - Rev B
28 pages
Accommodation CAMPSITE Complaint
No ratings yet
Accommodation CAMPSITE Complaint
3 pages
Environmental Management Plan: Port of Mourilyan
No ratings yet
Environmental Management Plan: Port of Mourilyan
27 pages
Risk Assessment Concrete Cutting - 02
No ratings yet
Risk Assessment Concrete Cutting - 02
1 page
Excavation Level 2 Risk Assessment 26 3 06
No ratings yet
Excavation Level 2 Risk Assessment 26 3 06
9 pages
Air Emission Management: Health, Safety & Environment
No ratings yet
Air Emission Management: Health, Safety & Environment
23 pages
The African Child - Evelyn Sharp - 1931 - Longmans, Green and Co - (Etc - , Etc - 3682404 - Anna's Archive 2
No ratings yet
The African Child - Evelyn Sharp - 1931 - Longmans, Green and Co - (Etc - , Etc - 3682404 - Anna's Archive 2
164 pages
Suspended Sediment Removal Practices in Water Sector Projects
No ratings yet
Suspended Sediment Removal Practices in Water Sector Projects
5 pages
Guddu Barrage Rehabilitation
No ratings yet
Guddu Barrage Rehabilitation
185 pages
Erosion and Sedimentation Analysis of Rural Channels (RC) and Main Drainage Channels (MDC) On Tidal Lowland in Indonesia
No ratings yet
Erosion and Sedimentation Analysis of Rural Channels (RC) and Main Drainage Channels (MDC) On Tidal Lowland in Indonesia
8 pages
2022.11 Eshs MPR Ifrdp Nrr-Nampula N-14.November
No ratings yet
2022.11 Eshs MPR Ifrdp Nrr-Nampula N-14.November
74 pages
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment For Dak Lak Dam Rehabilitation and Safety Improvement Phase One
100% (1)
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment For Dak Lak Dam Rehabilitation and Safety Improvement Phase One
242 pages
ESMP
No ratings yet
ESMP
21 pages
Ohs Plan Draft
100% (1)
Ohs Plan Draft
81 pages
Environmental and Social Monitoring Report
No ratings yet
Environmental and Social Monitoring Report
42 pages
Flood Risk Assessment Using GIS (Case Study: Golestan Province, Iran)
No ratings yet
Flood Risk Assessment Using GIS (Case Study: Golestan Province, Iran)
8 pages
IEE Report
No ratings yet
IEE Report
325 pages
Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Plan - 1 Oct2023
No ratings yet
Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Plan - 1 Oct2023
18 pages
EIA Process Presentation DTP Final
No ratings yet
EIA Process Presentation DTP Final
109 pages
Environmental and Social Management Plan ESMP Technology For Youth and Jobs P172571
No ratings yet
Environmental and Social Management Plan ESMP Technology For Youth and Jobs P172571
38 pages
Night Shift Work PDF
No ratings yet
Night Shift Work PDF
13 pages
b1. Water Quality and Discharge Management Plan - English
No ratings yet
b1. Water Quality and Discharge Management Plan - English
38 pages
Silt Curtain
100% (1)
Silt Curtain
8 pages
Ground Water and Surface Water
100% (1)
Ground Water and Surface Water
22 pages
Environmental Management in Construction
No ratings yet
Environmental Management in Construction
9 pages
Eia Report
No ratings yet
Eia Report
20 pages
Different Methods in Flood Hazard Mitigation
No ratings yet
Different Methods in Flood Hazard Mitigation
5 pages
Jones, D. L., & Rowe, E. C. (2017) - Land Reclamation and Remediation, Principles and Practice.
No ratings yet
Jones, D. L., & Rowe, E. C. (2017) - Land Reclamation and Remediation, Principles and Practice.
7 pages
Batching Plant Project: Initial Environmental Examination (Iee) Report
No ratings yet
Batching Plant Project: Initial Environmental Examination (Iee) Report
16 pages
EIA Report Old Bannu Road PDF
No ratings yet
EIA Report Old Bannu Road PDF
126 pages
Chapter 12 - Erosion and Sediment Control
No ratings yet
Chapter 12 - Erosion and Sediment Control
54 pages
Quarry ESCP
100% (1)
Quarry ESCP
7 pages
SSp1 Construction Activity Pollution Prevention
No ratings yet
SSp1 Construction Activity Pollution Prevention
7 pages
Does Your Facility Need A Stormwater Permit
No ratings yet
Does Your Facility Need A Stormwater Permit
2 pages
EIA Registration Form
No ratings yet
EIA Registration Form
2 pages
Procedure/Method Statement: Risk Assessment
No ratings yet
Procedure/Method Statement: Risk Assessment
29 pages
2-Landfill Construction Operation Manual PDF
No ratings yet
2-Landfill Construction Operation Manual PDF
50 pages
Risk Assessement English Version
100% (1)
Risk Assessement English Version
114 pages
Analysis of Eia For Obajana Gas Pipeline Project in Nigeria
No ratings yet
Analysis of Eia For Obajana Gas Pipeline Project in Nigeria
13 pages
Restoration Plan-Package 04
No ratings yet
Restoration Plan-Package 04
12 pages
Environmental and Social Management Framework PDF
No ratings yet
Environmental and Social Management Framework PDF
131 pages
BoQ For Investigations
No ratings yet
BoQ For Investigations
21 pages
Appendix D
100% (1)
Appendix D
4 pages
Allan Gidudu Resume
No ratings yet
Allan Gidudu Resume
10 pages
Rehabilitation Eia
No ratings yet
Rehabilitation Eia
46 pages
Lec16 Drainage Design Hoogout Method
No ratings yet
Lec16 Drainage Design Hoogout Method
41 pages
The Best Practice Guide For Environmental Protection in Construction Site
No ratings yet
The Best Practice Guide For Environmental Protection in Construction Site
50 pages
GD05 Erosion and Sediment Control
No ratings yet
GD05 Erosion and Sediment Control
301 pages
pg1 - Intro ESC Measures
No ratings yet
pg1 - Intro ESC Measures
1 page
An Assessment of The Environmental Impact of Aspha
No ratings yet
An Assessment of The Environmental Impact of Aspha
12 pages
Get New Directions in Rural Tourism 1st Edition Lesley Roberts Free All Chapters
100% (2)
Get New Directions in Rural Tourism 1st Edition Lesley Roberts Free All Chapters
84 pages
Stilling Basins
88% (8)
Stilling Basins
37 pages
Group 1 Proposal 6 3
No ratings yet
Group 1 Proposal 6 3
21 pages
Cert For Same Person - A4 Size
No ratings yet
Cert For Same Person - A4 Size
1 page
Marine Pollution Bulletin: Sotalia Guianensis
No ratings yet
Marine Pollution Bulletin: Sotalia Guianensis
9 pages
Application of Water-Soluble Fertilizers Through Micro Irrigation
No ratings yet
Application of Water-Soluble Fertilizers Through Micro Irrigation
5 pages
Waste Disposal Policy
100% (1)
Waste Disposal Policy
2 pages
Sustainable Urban Mobility - One Definition, Different Stakeholders' Opinions
No ratings yet
Sustainable Urban Mobility - One Definition, Different Stakeholders' Opinions
14 pages
Environmental Compliance Akshat Chem Industries Updated
No ratings yet
Environmental Compliance Akshat Chem Industries Updated
2 pages
CH-2034 Nalco Waters PermaCare Application Improved Productivity of A Reverse Osmosis System
No ratings yet
CH-2034 Nalco Waters PermaCare Application Improved Productivity of A Reverse Osmosis System
2 pages
Classroom Management Paper Kel 1
No ratings yet
Classroom Management Paper Kel 1
13 pages
The Impacts of Tourism and Hospitality
No ratings yet
The Impacts of Tourism and Hospitality
10 pages
English Speaking Country
No ratings yet
English Speaking Country
16 pages
Saba's
No ratings yet
Saba's
10 pages
Exploring Writing Paragraphs and Essays 2Nd Edition
100% (1)
Exploring Writing Paragraphs and Essays 2Nd Edition
5 pages
Agri Crop Grade 10
100% (2)
Agri Crop Grade 10
3 pages
Executive Summary
No ratings yet
Executive Summary
2 pages
Essay On Cleanliness in Hindi
No ratings yet
Essay On Cleanliness in Hindi
10 pages
Cambridge IGCSE™: Environmental Management 0680/12 October/November 2020
No ratings yet
Cambridge IGCSE™: Environmental Management 0680/12 October/November 2020
14 pages
Notes Chapter No. 4
No ratings yet
Notes Chapter No. 4
7 pages
Purchased PDF EVS
No ratings yet
Purchased PDF EVS
269 pages
Assignment and Seminar - cv110-S5, S6
No ratings yet
Assignment and Seminar - cv110-S5, S6
4 pages
2.4 Biomes, Zonation and Succession: Ib Ess
No ratings yet
2.4 Biomes, Zonation and Succession: Ib Ess
12 pages
City Ordinances
No ratings yet
City Ordinances
5 pages
AFNv 06 N 01 P 3
No ratings yet
AFNv 06 N 01 P 3
2 pages
Building Services
No ratings yet
Building Services
49 pages
Smart and Sustainable Planning For Cities and Regions: Adriano Bisello Daniele Vettorato Marta Bottero Dionysia Kolokotsa
No ratings yet
Smart and Sustainable Planning For Cities and Regions: Adriano Bisello Daniele Vettorato Marta Bottero Dionysia Kolokotsa
153 pages

GD05 Erosion and Sediment Control

Uploaded by

GD05 Erosion and Sediment Control

Uploaded by

Erosion and Sediment

Control Guide for Land

Guideline Document 2016/005

ISSN 2230-4541 (Print)

ISBN 978-0-9941350-4-9 (Print)

Reviewed for Auckland Council by

Name: Branko Veljanovski

Approved for Auckland Council publication by

Name: Sarah Sinclair

© 2016 Auckland Council

 Mike McConnell - McConnell Consultancy

Auckland Council editorial panel

What is the purpose and scope of this guideline?

What new inclusions and approaches are in this guideline?

Who was consulted in the preparation of this guideline?

How can I provide feedback on the guideline?

How will I be advised of updates to the guideline?

A2.0 Fundamental principles of erosion and sediment control�������������������������������������������� 12

SECTION E: EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES

E2.0 Water management controls – for concentrated water flows������������������������������������� 41

SECTION F: SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES

F2.0 Coagulant and flocculant treatment���������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 145

SECTION G: SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES

G5.0 Works within the coastal marine area (CMA)������������������������������������������������������������������ 178

A Introduction to the guideline

16 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

A1.1 Aims of the guideline

 Provide an understanding of the fundamental principles of ESC

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 1

A1.2 Scope and application of the guideline

Earthworks include activities such as:

 Roads and utilities  Farm tracking

2 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

A1.3 How to use this guideline

2. Understand the principles – review Part 1 – Principles (Sections A to C) to gain an appreciation

3. Review the range of options available – review Part 2 – Practices (Sections D to G) to

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 3

Section A Section B Section C

The erosion and The ESC

Factors Selecting the

How this Construction

Figure 1a: Guideline structure and content – Part 1

4 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

Section D Section E Section F Section G Appendices

Overview Erosion Sediment

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 5

A1.4 Need for the guideline

6 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

 Property and public utilities, for example:

 Protection of site assets and reduced maintenance costs

A1.5 How this guideline was developed

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 7

A1.6 Current regulatory framework

 New Zealand Coastal Policy Statement (2010) (NZCPS)

8 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

A1.7 Mana whenua values

A1.7.1 Mana Whenua and mauri

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 9

 A holistic approach to resource management

 Wai-ora: (pure water), which is water in its purest form

A1.7.2 Application of Mana Whenua values

10 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 11

A2.0 Fundamental principles of erosion

Earthworks staging and sequencing should be detailed in the ESC Plan.

Further advice on works within a watercourse is provided in Section G of Part 2 – Practices.

5. Rapidly stabilise exposed areas

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 13

6. Install perimeter controls and diversions

7. Employ sediment retention devices

8. Get trained and develop experience

14 Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005

9. Adjust the ESC Plan as needed

10. Assess and adjust your ESC measures

ESC measures need to be inspected, monitored and maintained.

Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 15

Mike McConnell - McConnell Consultancy

A2.0 Fundamental principles of erosion and sediment control�� 12

E2.0 Water management controls – for concentrated water flows�� 41

F2.0 Coagulant and flocculant treatment�� 145

G5.0 Works within the coastal marine area (CMA)�� 178

Provide an understanding of the fundamental principles of ESC

Roads and utilities Farm tracking

Property and public utilities, for example:

Protection of site assets and reduced maintenance costs

New Zealand Coastal Policy Statement (2010) (NZCPS)

A holistic approach to resource management

Wai-ora: (pure water), which is water in its purest form

Land type, including:

Minimise area and duration of exposure

STABILISE Top soiling + grass seeding (Section E3.1)

Enhanced credibility and reputation of both contractor and principal